diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL')
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/libxmlparser.pas | 2688 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/logger.pas | 189 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas | 320 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/registryuserpreferences.pas | 229 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas | 4332 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl_cpuinfo.pas | 155 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlgameinterface.pas | 202 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdli386utils.pas | 5236 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlinput.pas | 923 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlstreams.pas | 216 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlticks.pas | 197 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas | 4363 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlwindow.pas | 566 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/userpreferences.pas | 159 |
14 files changed, 0 insertions, 19775 deletions
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/libxmlparser.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/libxmlparser.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 63e7b7fb..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/libxmlparser.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2688 +0,0 @@ -(** -=============================================================================================== -Name : LibXmlParser -=============================================================================================== -Project : All Projects -=============================================================================================== -Subject : Progressive XML Parser for all types of XML Files -=============================================================================================== -Author : Stefan Heymann - Eschenweg 3 - 72076 Tübingen - GERMANY - -E-Mail: stefan@destructor.de -URL: www.destructor.de -=============================================================================================== -Source, Legals ("Licence") --------------------------- -The official site to get this parser is http://www.destructor.de/ - -Usage and Distribution of this Source Code is ruled by the -"Destructor.de Source code Licence" (DSL) which comes with this file or -can be downloaded at http://www.destructor.de/ - -IN SHORT: Usage and distribution of this source code is free. - You use it completely on your own risk. - -Postcardware ------------- -If you like this code, please send a postcard of your city to my above address. -=============================================================================================== -!!! All parts of this code which are not finished or not conforming exactly to - the XmlSpec are marked with three exclamation marks - --!- Parts where the parser may be able to detect errors in the document's syntax are - marked with the dash-exlamation mark-dash sequence. -=============================================================================================== -Terminology: ------------- -- Start: Start of a buffer part -- Final: End (last character) of a buffer part -- DTD: Document Type Definition -- DTDc: Document Type Declaration -- XMLSpec: The current W3C XML Recommendation (version 1.0 as of 1998-02-10), Chapter No. -- Cur*: Fields concerning the "Current" part passed back by the "Scan" method -=============================================================================================== -Scanning the XML document -------------------------- -- Create TXmlParser Instance MyXml := TXmlParser.Create; -- Load XML Document MyXml.LoadFromFile (Filename); -- Start Scanning MyXml.StartScan; -- Scan Loop WHILE MyXml.Scan DO -- Test for Part Type CASE MyXml.CurPartType OF -- Handle Parts ... : ;;; -- Handle Parts ... : ;;; -- Handle Parts ... : ;;; - END; -- Destroy MyXml.Free; -=============================================================================================== -Loading the XML document ------------------------- -You can load the XML document from a file with the "LoadFromFile" method. -It is beyond the scope of this parser to perform HTTP or FTP accesses. If you want your -application to handle such requests (URLs), you can load the XML via HTTP or FTP or whatever -protocol and hand over the data buffer using the "LoadFromBuffer" or "SetBuffer" method. -"LoadFromBuffer" loads the internal buffer of TXmlParser with the given null-terminated -string, thereby creating a copy of that buffer. -"SetBuffer" just takes the pointer to another buffer, which means that the given -buffer pointer must be valid while the document is accessed via TXmlParser. -=============================================================================================== -Encodings: ----------- -This XML parser kind of "understands" the following encodings: -- UTF-8 -- ISO-8859-1 -- Windows-1252 - -Any flavor of multi-byte characters (and this includes UTF-16) is not supported. Sorry. - -Every string which has to be passed to the application passes the virtual method -"TranslateEncoding" which translates the string from the current encoding (stored in -"CurEncoding") into the encoding the application wishes to receive. -The "TranslateEncoding" method that is built into TXmlParser assumes that the application -wants to receive Windows ANSI (Windows-1252, about the same as ISO-8859-1) and is able -to convert UTF-8 and ISO-8859-1 encodings. -For other source and target encodings, you will have to override "TranslateEncoding". -=============================================================================================== -Buffer Handling ---------------- -- The document must be loaded completely into a piece of RAM -- All character positions are referenced by PChar pointers -- The TXmlParser instance can either "own" the buffer itself (then, FBufferSize is > 0) - or reference the buffer of another instance or object (then, FBuffersize is 0 and - FBuffer is not NIL) -- The Property DocBuffer passes back a pointer to the first byte of the document. If there - is no document stored (FBuffer is NIL), the DocBuffer returns a pointer to a NULL character. -=============================================================================================== -Whitespace Handling -------------------- -The TXmlParser property "PackSpaces" determines how Whitespace is returned in Text Content: -While PackSpaces is true, all leading and trailing whitespace characters are trimmed of, all -Whitespace is converted to Space #x20 characters and contiguous Whitespace characters are -compressed to one. -If the "Scan" method reports a ptContent part, the application can get the original text -with all whitespace characters by extracting the characters from "CurStart" to "CurFinal". -If the application detects an xml:space attribute, it can set "PackSpaces" accordingly or -use CurStart/CurFinal. -Please note that TXmlParser does _not_ normalize Line Breaks to single LineFeed characters -as the XmlSpec requires (XmlSpec 2.11). -The xml:space attribute is not handled by TXmlParser. This is on behalf of the application. -=============================================================================================== -Non-XML-Conforming ------------------- -TXmlParser does not conform 100 % exactly to the XmlSpec: -- UTF-16 is not supported (XmlSpec 2.2) - (Workaround: Convert UTF-16 to UTF-8 and hand the buffer over to TXmlParser) -- As the parser only works with single byte strings, all Unicode characters > 255 - can currently not be handled correctly. -- Line breaks are not normalized to single Linefeed #x0A characters (XmlSpec 2.11) - (Workaround: The Application can access the text contents on its own [CurStart, CurFinal], - thereby applying every normalization it wishes to) -- The attribute value normalization does not work exactly as defined in the - Second Edition of the XML 1.0 specification. -- See also the code parts marked with three consecutive exclamation marks. These are - parts which are not finished in the current code release. - -This list may be incomplete, so it may grow if I get to know any other points. -As work on the parser proceeds, this list may also shrink. -=============================================================================================== -Things Todo ------------ -- Introduce a new event/callback which is called when there is an unresolvable - entity or character reference -- Support Unicode -- Use Streams instead of reading the whole XML into memory -=============================================================================================== -Change History, Version numbers -------------------------------- -The Date is given in ISO Year-Month-Day (YYYY-MM-DD) order. -Versions are counted from 1.0.0 beginning with the version from 2000-03-16. -Unreleased versions don't get a version number. - -Date Author Version Changes ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -2000-03-16 HeySt 1.0.0 Start -2000-03-28 HeySt 1.0.1 Initial Publishing of TXmlParser on the destructor.de Web Site -2000-03-30 HeySt 1.0.2 TXmlParser.AnalyzeCData: Call "TranslateEncoding" for CurContent -2000-03-31 HeySt 1.0.3 Deleted the StrPosE function (was not needed anyway) -2000-04-04 HeySt 1.0.4 TDtdElementRec modified: Start/Final for all Elements; - Should be backwards compatible. - AnalyzeDtdc: Set CurPartType to ptDtdc -2000-04-23 HeySt 1.0.5 New class TObjectList. Eliminated reference to the Delphi 5 - "Contnrs" unit so LibXmlParser is Delphi 4 compatible. -2000-07-03 HeySt 1.0.6 TNvpNode: Added Constructor -2000-07-11 HeySt 1.0.7 Removed "Windows" from USES clause - Added three-exclamation-mark comments for Utf8ToAnsi/AnsiToUtf8 - Added three-exclamation-mark comments for CHR function calls -2000-07-23 HeySt 1.0.8 TXmlParser.Clear: CurAttr.Clear; EntityStack.Clear; - (This was not a bug; just defensive programming) -2000-07-29 HeySt 1.0.9 TNvpList: Added methods: Node(Index), Value(Index), Name(Index); -2000-10-07 HeySt Introduced Conditional Defines - Uses Contnrs unit and its TObjectList class again for - Delphi 5 and newer versions -2001-01-30 HeySt Introduced Version Numbering - Made LoadFromFile and LoadFromBuffer BOOLEAN functions - Introduced FileMode parameter for LoadFromFile - BugFix: TAttrList.Analyze: Must add CWhitespace to ExtractName call - Comments worked over -2001-02-28 HeySt 1.0.10 Completely worked over and tested the UTF-8 functions - Fixed a bug in TXmlParser.Scan which caused it to start over when it - was called after the end of scanning, resulting in an endless loop - TEntityStack is now a TObjectList instead of TList -2001-07-03 HeySt 1.0.11 Updated Compiler Version IFDEFs for Kylix -2001-07-11 HeySt 1.0.12 New TCustomXmlScanner component (taken over from LibXmlComps.pas) -2001-07-14 HeySt 1.0.13 Bugfix TCustomXmlScanner.FOnTranslateEncoding -2001-10-22 HeySt Don't clear CurName anymore when the parser finds a CDATA section. -2001-12-03 HeySt 1.0.14 TObjectList.Clear: Make call to INHERITED method (fixes a memory leak) -2001-12-05 HeySt 1.0.15 TObjectList.Clear: removed call to INHERITED method - TObjectList.Destroy: Inserted SetCapacity call. - Reduces need for frequent re-allocation of pointer buffer - Dedicated to my father, Theodor Heymann -2002-06-26 HeySt 1.0.16 TXmlParser.Scan: Fixed a bug with PIs whose name is beginning - with 'xml'. Thanks to Uwe Kamm for submitting this bug. - The CurEncoding property is now always in uppercase letters (the XML - spec wants it to be treated case independently so when it's uppercase - comparisons are faster) -2002-03-04 HeySt 1.0.17 Included an IFDEF for Delphi 7 (VER150) and Kylix - There is a new symbol HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT which is used now to - distinguish between IDEs which come with the Contnrs unit and - those that don't. -*) - -UNIT libxmlparser; - -{$I jedi-sdl.inc} - -INTERFACE - -USES - SysUtils, Classes, - (*$IFDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT *) // The Contnrs Unit was introduced in Delphi 5 - Contnrs, - (*$ENDIF*) - Math; - -CONST - CVersion = '1.0.17'; // This variable will be updated for every release - // (I hope, I won't forget to do it everytime ...) - -TYPE - TPartType = // --- Document Part Types - (ptNone, // Nothing - ptXmlProlog, // XML Prolog XmlSpec 2.8 / 4.3.1 - ptComment, // Comment XmlSpec 2.5 - ptPI, // Processing Instruction XmlSpec 2.6 - ptDtdc, // Document Type Declaration XmlSpec 2.8 - ptStartTag, // Start Tag XmlSpec 3.1 - ptEmptyTag, // Empty-Element Tag XmlSpec 3.1 - ptEndTag, // End Tag XmlSpec 3.1 - ptContent, // Text Content between Tags - ptCData); // CDATA Section XmlSpec 2.7 - - TDtdElemType = // --- DTD Elements - (deElement, // !ELEMENT declaration - deAttList, // !ATTLIST declaration - deEntity, // !ENTITY declaration - deNotation, // !NOTATION declaration - dePI, // PI in DTD - deComment, // Comment in DTD - deError); // Error found in the DTD - -TYPE - TAttrList = CLASS; - TEntityStack = CLASS; - TNvpList = CLASS; - TElemDef = CLASS; - TElemList = CLASS; - TEntityDef = CLASS; - TNotationDef = CLASS; - - TDtdElementRec = RECORD // --- This Record is returned by the DTD parser callback function - Start, Final : PChar; // Start/End of the Element's Declaration - CASE ElementType : TDtdElemType OF // Type of the Element - deElement, // <!ELEMENT> - deAttList : (ElemDef : TElemDef); // <!ATTLIST> - deEntity : (EntityDef : TEntityDef); // <!ENTITY> - deNotation : (NotationDef : TNotationDef); // <!NOTATION> - dePI : (Target : PChar; // <?PI ?> - Content : PChar; - AttrList : TAttrList); - deError : (Pos : PChar); // Error - // deComment : ((No additional fields here)); // <!-- Comment --> - END; - - TXmlParser = CLASS // --- Internal Properties and Methods - PROTECTED - FBuffer : PChar; // NIL if there is no buffer available - FBufferSize : INTEGER; // 0 if the buffer is not owned by the Document instance - FSource : STRING; // Name of Source of document. Filename for Documents loaded with LoadFromFile - - FXmlVersion : STRING; // XML version from Document header. Default is '1.0' - FEncoding : STRING; // Encoding from Document header. Default is 'UTF-8' - FStandalone : BOOLEAN; // Standalone declaration from Document header. Default is 'yes' - FRootName : STRING; // Name of the Root Element (= DTD name) - FDtdcFinal : PChar; // Pointer to the '>' character terminating the DTD declaration - - FNormalize : BOOLEAN; // If true: Pack Whitespace and don't return empty contents - EntityStack : TEntityStack; // Entity Stack for Parameter and General Entities - FCurEncoding : STRING; // Current Encoding during parsing (always uppercase) - - PROCEDURE AnalyzeProlog; // Analyze XML Prolog or Text Declaration - PROCEDURE AnalyzeComment (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); // Analyze Comments - PROCEDURE AnalyzePI (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); // Analyze Processing Instructions (PI) - PROCEDURE AnalyzeDtdc; // Analyze Document Type Declaration - PROCEDURE AnalyzeDtdElements (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); // Analyze DTD declarations - PROCEDURE AnalyzeTag; // Analyze Start/End/Empty-Element Tags - PROCEDURE AnalyzeCData; // Analyze CDATA Sections - PROCEDURE AnalyzeText (VAR IsDone : BOOLEAN); // Analyze Text Content between Tags - PROCEDURE AnalyzeElementDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - PROCEDURE AnalyzeAttListDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - PROCEDURE AnalyzeEntityDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - PROCEDURE AnalyzeNotationDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - - PROCEDURE PushPE (VAR Start : PChar); - PROCEDURE ReplaceCharacterEntities (VAR Str : STRING); - PROCEDURE ReplaceParameterEntities (VAR Str : STRING); - PROCEDURE ReplaceGeneralEntities (VAR Str : STRING); - - FUNCTION GetDocBuffer : PChar; // Returns FBuffer or a pointer to a NUL char if Buffer is empty - - PUBLIC // --- Document Properties - PROPERTY XmlVersion : STRING READ FXmlVersion; // XML version from the Document Prolog - PROPERTY Encoding : STRING READ FEncoding; // Document Encoding from Prolog - PROPERTY Standalone : BOOLEAN READ FStandalone; // Standalone Declaration from Prolog - PROPERTY RootName : STRING READ FRootName; // Name of the Root Element - PROPERTY Normalize : BOOLEAN READ FNormalize WRITE FNormalize; // True if Content is to be normalized - PROPERTY Source : STRING READ FSource; // Name of Document Source (Filename) - PROPERTY DocBuffer : PChar READ GetDocBuffer; // Returns document buffer - PUBLIC // --- DTD Objects - Elements : TElemList; // Elements: List of TElemDef (contains Attribute Definitions) - Entities : TNvpList; // General Entities: List of TEntityDef - ParEntities : TNvpList; // Parameter Entities: List of TEntityDef - Notations : TNvpList; // Notations: List of TNotationDef - PUBLIC - CONSTRUCTOR Create; - DESTRUCTOR Destroy; OVERRIDE; - - // --- Document Handling - FUNCTION LoadFromFile (Filename : STRING; - FileMode : INTEGER = fmOpenRead OR fmShareDenyNone) : BOOLEAN; - // Loads Document from given file - FUNCTION LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar) : BOOLEAN; // Loads Document from another buffer - PROCEDURE SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar); // References another buffer - PROCEDURE Clear; // Clear Document - - PUBLIC - // --- Scanning through the document - CurPartType : TPartType; // Current Type - CurName : STRING; // Current Name - CurContent : STRING; // Current Normalized Content - CurStart : PChar; // Current First character - CurFinal : PChar; // Current Last character - CurAttr : TAttrList; // Current Attribute List - PROPERTY CurEncoding : STRING READ FCurEncoding; // Current Encoding - PROCEDURE StartScan; - FUNCTION Scan : BOOLEAN; - - // --- Events / Callbacks - FUNCTION LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, - Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser; VIRTUAL; - FUNCTION TranslateEncoding (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING; VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec); VIRTUAL; - END; - - TValueType = // --- Attribute Value Type - (vtNormal, // Normal specified Attribute - vtImplied, // #IMPLIED attribute value - vtFixed, // #FIXED attribute value - vtDefault); // Attribute value from default value in !ATTLIST declaration - - TAttrDefault = // --- Attribute Default Type - (adDefault, // Normal default value - adRequired, // #REQUIRED attribute - adImplied, // #IMPLIED attribute - adFixed); // #FIXED attribute - - TAttrType = // --- Type of attribute - (atUnknown, // Unknown type - atCData, // Character data only - atID, // ID - atIdRef, // ID Reference - atIdRefs, // Several ID References, separated by Whitespace - atEntity, // Name of an unparsed Entity - atEntities, // Several unparsed Entity names, separated by Whitespace - atNmToken, // Name Token - atNmTokens, // Several Name Tokens, separated by Whitespace - atNotation, // A selection of Notation names (Unparsed Entity) - atEnumeration); // Enumeration - - TElemType = // --- Element content type - (etEmpty, // Element is always empty - etAny, // Element can have any mixture of PCDATA and any elements - etChildren, // Element must contain only elements - etMixed); // Mixed PCDATA and elements - - (*$IFDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT *) - TObjectList = Contnrs.TObjectList; // Re-Export this identifier - (*$ELSE *) - TObjectList = CLASS (TList) - DESTRUCTOR Destroy; OVERRIDE; - PROCEDURE Delete (Index : INTEGER); - PROCEDURE Clear; OVERRIDE; - END; - (*$ENDIF *) - - TNvpNode = CLASS // Name-Value Pair Node - Name : STRING; - Value : STRING; - CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheName : STRING = ''; TheValue : STRING = ''); - END; - - TNvpList = CLASS (TObjectList) // Name-Value Pair List - PROCEDURE Add (Node : TNvpNode); - FUNCTION Node (Name : STRING) : TNvpNode; OVERLOAD; - FUNCTION Node (Index : INTEGER) : TNvpNode; OVERLOAD; - FUNCTION Value (Name : STRING) : STRING; OVERLOAD; - FUNCTION Value (Index : INTEGER) : STRING; OVERLOAD; - FUNCTION Name (Index : INTEGER) : STRING; - END; - - TAttr = CLASS (TNvpNode) // Attribute of a Start-Tag or Empty-Element-Tag - ValueType : TValueType; - AttrType : TAttrType; - END; - - TAttrList = CLASS (TNvpList) // List of Attributes - PROCEDURE Analyze (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - END; - - TEntityStack = CLASS (TObjectList) // Stack where current position is stored before parsing entities - PROTECTED - Owner : TXmlParser; - PUBLIC - CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheOwner : TXmlParser); - PROCEDURE Push (LastPos : PChar); OVERLOAD; - PROCEDURE Push (Instance : TObject; LastPos : PChar); OVERLOAD; - FUNCTION Pop : PChar; // Returns next char or NIL if EOF is reached. Frees Instance. - END; - - TAttrDef = CLASS (TNvpNode) // Represents a <!ATTLIST Definition. "Value" is the default value - TypeDef : STRING; // Type definition from the DTD - Notations : STRING; // Notation List, separated by pipe symbols '|' - AttrType : TAttrType; // Attribute Type - DefaultType : TAttrDefault; // Default Type - END; - - TElemDef = CLASS (TNvpList) // Represents a <!ELEMENT Definition. Is a list of TAttrDef-Nodes - Name : STRING; // Element name - ElemType : TElemType; // Element type - Definition : STRING; // Element definition from DTD - END; - - TElemList = CLASS (TObjectList) // List of TElemDef nodes - FUNCTION Node (Name : STRING) : TElemDef; - PROCEDURE Add (Node : TElemDef); - END; - - TEntityDef = CLASS (TNvpNode) // Represents a <!ENTITY Definition. - SystemId : STRING; - PublicId : STRING; - NotationName : STRING; - END; - - TNotationDef = CLASS (TNvpNode) // Represents a <!NOTATION Definition. Value is the System ID - PublicId : STRING; - END; - - TCharset = SET OF CHAR; - - -CONST - CWhitespace = [#32, #9, #13, #10]; // Whitespace characters (XmlSpec 2.3) - CLetter = [#$41..#$5A, #$61..#$7A, #$C0..#$D6, #$D8..#$F6, #$F8..#$FF]; - CDigit = [#$30..#$39]; - CNameChar = CLetter + CDigit + ['.', '-', '_', ':', #$B7]; - CNameStart = CLetter + ['_', ':']; - CQuoteChar = ['"', '''']; - CPubidChar = [#32, ^M, ^J, #9, 'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9', - '-', '''', '(', ')', '+', ',', '.', '/', ':', - '=', '?', ';', '!', '*', '#', '@', '$', '_', '%']; - - CDStart = '<![CDATA['; - CDEnd = ']]>'; - - // --- Name Constants for the above enumeration types - CPartType_Name : ARRAY [TPartType] OF STRING = - ('', 'XML Prolog', 'Comment', 'PI', - 'DTD Declaration', 'Start Tag', 'Empty Tag', 'End Tag', - 'Text', 'CDATA'); - CValueType_Name : ARRAY [TValueType] OF STRING = ('Normal', 'Implied', 'Fixed', 'Default'); - CAttrDefault_Name : ARRAY [TAttrDefault] OF STRING = ('Default', 'Required', 'Implied', 'Fixed'); - CElemType_Name : ARRAY [TElemType] OF STRING = ('Empty', 'Any', 'Childs only', 'Mixed'); - CAttrType_Name : ARRAY [TAttrType] OF STRING = ('Unknown', 'CDATA', - 'ID', 'IDREF', 'IDREFS', - 'ENTITY', 'ENTITIES', - 'NMTOKEN', 'NMTOKENS', - 'Notation', 'Enumeration'); - -FUNCTION ConvertWs (Source: STRING; PackWs: BOOLEAN) : STRING; // Convert WS to spaces #x20 -PROCEDURE SetStringSF (VAR S : STRING; BufferStart, BufferFinal : PChar); // SetString by Start/Final of buffer -FUNCTION StrSFPas (Start, Finish : PChar) : STRING; // Convert buffer part to Pascal string -FUNCTION TrimWs (Source : STRING) : STRING; // Trim Whitespace - -FUNCTION AnsiToUtf8 (Source : ANSISTRING) : STRING; // Convert Win-1252 to UTF-8 -FUNCTION Utf8ToAnsi (Source : STRING; UnknownChar : CHAR = '¿') : ANSISTRING; // Convert UTF-8 to Win-1252 - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -TCustomXmlScanner event based component wrapper for TXmlParser -=============================================================================================== -*) - -TYPE - TCustomXmlScanner = CLASS; - TXmlPrologEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN) OF OBJECT; - TCommentEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Comment : STRING) OF OBJECT; - TPIEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList) OF OBJECT; - TDtdEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; RootElementName : STRING) OF OBJECT; - TStartTagEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList) OF OBJECT; - TEndTagEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; TagName : STRING) OF OBJECT; - TContentEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Content : STRING) OF OBJECT; - TElementEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; ElemDef : TElemDef) OF OBJECT; - TEntityEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; EntityDef : TEntityDef) OF OBJECT; - TNotationEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; NotationDef : TNotationDef) OF OBJECT; - TErrorEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; ErrorPos : PChar) OF OBJECT; - TExternalEvent = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; SystemId, PublicId, NotationId : STRING; - VAR Result : TXmlParser) OF OBJECT; - TEncodingEvent = FUNCTION (Sender : TObject; CurrentEncoding, Source : STRING) : STRING OF OBJECT; - - - TCustomXmlScanner = CLASS (TComponent) - PROTECTED - FXmlParser : TXmlParser; - FOnXmlProlog : TXmlPrologEvent; - FOnComment : TCommentEvent; - FOnPI : TPIEvent; - FOnDtdRead : TDtdEvent; - FOnStartTag : TStartTagEvent; - FOnEmptyTag : TStartTagEvent; - FOnEndTag : TEndTagEvent; - FOnContent : TContentEvent; - FOnCData : TContentEvent; - FOnElement : TElementEvent; - FOnAttList : TElementEvent; - FOnEntity : TEntityEvent; - FOnNotation : TNotationEvent; - FOnDtdError : TErrorEvent; - FOnLoadExternal : TExternalEvent; - FOnTranslateEncoding : TEncodingEvent; - FStopParser : BOOLEAN; - FUNCTION GetNormalize : BOOLEAN; - PROCEDURE SetNormalize (Value : BOOLEAN); - - PROCEDURE WhenXmlProlog(XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenComment (Comment : STRING); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenPI (Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenDtdRead (RootElementName : STRING); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenStartTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenEmptyTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenEndTag (TagName : STRING); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenContent (Content : STRING); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenCData (Content : STRING); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenElement (ElemDef : TElemDef); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenAttList (ElemDef : TElemDef); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenEntity (EntityDef : TEntityDef); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenNotation (NotationDef : TNotationDef); VIRTUAL; - PROCEDURE WhenDtdError (ErrorPos : PChar); VIRTUAL; - - PUBLIC - CONSTRUCTOR Create (AOwner: TComponent); OVERRIDE; - DESTRUCTOR Destroy; OVERRIDE; - - PROCEDURE LoadFromFile (Filename : TFilename); // Load XML Document from file - PROCEDURE LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar); // Load XML Document from buffer - PROCEDURE SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar); // Refer to Buffer - FUNCTION GetFilename : TFilename; - - PROCEDURE Execute; // Perform scanning - - PROTECTED - PROPERTY XmlParser : TXmlParser READ FXmlParser; - PROPERTY StopParser : BOOLEAN READ FStopParser WRITE FStopParser; - PROPERTY Filename : TFilename READ GetFilename WRITE LoadFromFile; - PROPERTY Normalize : BOOLEAN READ GetNormalize WRITE SetNormalize; - PROPERTY OnXmlProlog : TXmlPrologEvent READ FOnXmlProlog WRITE FOnXmlProlog; - PROPERTY OnComment : TCommentEvent READ FOnComment WRITE FOnComment; - PROPERTY OnPI : TPIEvent READ FOnPI WRITE FOnPI; - PROPERTY OnDtdRead : TDtdEvent READ FOnDtdRead WRITE FOnDtdRead; - PROPERTY OnStartTag : TStartTagEvent READ FOnStartTag WRITE FOnStartTag; - PROPERTY OnEmptyTag : TStartTagEvent READ FOnEmptyTag WRITE FOnEmptyTag; - PROPERTY OnEndTag : TEndTagEvent READ FOnEndTag WRITE FOnEndTag; - PROPERTY OnContent : TContentEvent READ FOnContent WRITE FOnContent; - PROPERTY OnCData : TContentEvent READ FOnCData WRITE FOnCData; - PROPERTY OnElement : TElementEvent READ FOnElement WRITE FOnElement; - PROPERTY OnAttList : TElementEvent READ FOnAttList WRITE FOnAttList; - PROPERTY OnEntity : TEntityEvent READ FOnEntity WRITE FOnEntity; - PROPERTY OnNotation : TNotationEvent READ FOnNotation WRITE FOnNotation; - PROPERTY OnDtdError : TErrorEvent READ FOnDtdError WRITE FOnDtdError; - PROPERTY OnLoadExternal : TExternalEvent READ FOnLoadExternal WRITE FOnLoadExternal; - PROPERTY OnTranslateEncoding : TEncodingEvent READ FOnTranslateEncoding WRITE FOnTranslateEncoding; - END; - -(* -=============================================================================================== -IMPLEMENTATION -=============================================================================================== -*) - -IMPLEMENTATION - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -Unicode and UTF-8 stuff -=============================================================================================== -*) - -CONST - // --- Character Translation Table for Unicode <-> Win-1252 - WIN1252_UNICODE : ARRAY [$00..$FF] OF WORD = ( - $0000, $0001, $0002, $0003, $0004, $0005, $0006, $0007, $0008, $0009, - $000A, $000B, $000C, $000D, $000E, $000F, $0010, $0011, $0012, $0013, - $0014, $0015, $0016, $0017, $0018, $0019, $001A, $001B, $001C, $001D, - $001E, $001F, $0020, $0021, $0022, $0023, $0024, $0025, $0026, $0027, - $0028, $0029, $002A, $002B, $002C, $002D, $002E, $002F, $0030, $0031, - $0032, $0033, $0034, $0035, $0036, $0037, $0038, $0039, $003A, $003B, - $003C, $003D, $003E, $003F, $0040, $0041, $0042, $0043, $0044, $0045, - $0046, $0047, $0048, $0049, $004A, $004B, $004C, $004D, $004E, $004F, - $0050, $0051, $0052, $0053, $0054, $0055, $0056, $0057, $0058, $0059, - $005A, $005B, $005C, $005D, $005E, $005F, $0060, $0061, $0062, $0063, - $0064, $0065, $0066, $0067, $0068, $0069, $006A, $006B, $006C, $006D, - $006E, $006F, $0070, $0071, $0072, $0073, $0074, $0075, $0076, $0077, - $0078, $0079, $007A, $007B, $007C, $007D, $007E, $007F, - - $20AC, $0081, $201A, $0192, $201E, $2026, $2020, $2021, $02C6, $2030, - $0160, $2039, $0152, $008D, $017D, $008F, $0090, $2018, $2019, $201C, - $201D, $2022, $2013, $2014, $02DC, $2122, $0161, $203A, $0153, $009D, - $017E, $0178, $00A0, $00A1, $00A2, $00A3, $00A4, $00A5, $00A6, $00A7, - $00A8, $00A9, $00AA, $00AB, $00AC, $00AD, $00AE, $00AF, $00B0, $00B1, - $00B2, $00B3, $00B4, $00B5, $00B6, $00B7, $00B8, $00B9, $00BA, $00BB, - $00BC, $00BD, $00BE, $00BF, $00C0, $00C1, $00C2, $00C3, $00C4, $00C5, - $00C6, $00C7, $00C8, $00C9, $00CA, $00CB, $00CC, $00CD, $00CE, $00CF, - $00D0, $00D1, $00D2, $00D3, $00D4, $00D5, $00D6, $00D7, $00D8, $00D9, - $00DA, $00DB, $00DC, $00DD, $00DE, $00DF, $00E0, $00E1, $00E2, $00E3, - $00E4, $00E5, $00E6, $00E7, $00E8, $00E9, $00EA, $00EB, $00EC, $00ED, - $00EE, $00EF, $00F0, $00F1, $00F2, $00F3, $00F4, $00F5, $00F6, $00F7, - $00F8, $00F9, $00FA, $00FB, $00FC, $00FD, $00FE, $00FF); - -(* UTF-8 (somewhat simplified) - ----- - Character Range Byte sequence - --------------- -------------------------- (x=Bits from original character) - $0000..$007F 0xxxxxxx - $0080..$07FF 110xxxxx 10xxxxxx - $8000..$FFFF 1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx - - Example - -------- - Transforming the Unicode character U+00E4 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS ("ä"): - - ISO-8859-1, Decimal 228 - Win1252, Hex $E4 - ANSI Bin 1110 0100 - abcd efgh - - UTF-8 Binary 1100xxab 10cdefgh - Binary 11000011 10100100 - Hex $C3 $A4 - Decimal 195 164 - ANSI Ã ¤ *) - - -FUNCTION AnsiToUtf8 (Source : ANSISTRING) : STRING; - (* Converts the given Windows ANSI (Win1252) String to UTF-8. *) -VAR - I : INTEGER; // Loop counter - U : WORD; // Current Unicode value - Len : INTEGER; // Current real length of "Result" string -BEGIN - SetLength (Result, Length (Source) * 3); // Worst case - Len := 0; - FOR I := 1 TO Length (Source) DO BEGIN - U := WIN1252_UNICODE [ORD (Source [I])]; - CASE U OF - $0000..$007F : BEGIN - INC (Len); - Result [Len] := CHR (U); - END; - $0080..$07FF : BEGIN - INC (Len); - Result [Len] := CHR ($C0 OR (U SHR 6)); - INC (Len); - Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR (U AND $3F)); - END; - $0800..$FFFF : BEGIN - INC (Len); - Result [Len] := CHR ($E0 OR (U SHR 12)); - INC (Len); - Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR ((U SHR 6) AND $3F)); - INC (Len); - Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR (U AND $3F)); - END; - END; - END; - SetLength (Result, Len); -END; - - -FUNCTION Utf8ToAnsi (Source : STRING; UnknownChar : CHAR = '¿') : ANSISTRING; - (* Converts the given UTF-8 String to Windows ANSI (Win-1252). - If a character can not be converted, the "UnknownChar" is inserted. *) -VAR - SourceLen : INTEGER; // Length of Source string - I, K : INTEGER; - A : BYTE; // Current ANSI character value - U : WORD; - Ch : CHAR; // Dest char - Len : INTEGER; // Current real length of "Result" string -BEGIN - SourceLen := Length (Source); - SetLength (Result, SourceLen); // Enough room to live - Len := 0; - I := 1; - WHILE I <= SourceLen DO BEGIN - A := ORD (Source [I]); - IF A < $80 THEN BEGIN // Range $0000..$007F - INC (Len); - Result [Len] := Source [I]; - INC (I); - END - ELSE BEGIN // Determine U, Inc I - IF (A AND $E0 = $C0) AND (I < SourceLen) THEN BEGIN // Range $0080..$07FF - U := (WORD (A AND $1F) SHL 6) OR (ORD (Source [I+1]) AND $3F); - INC (I, 2); - END - ELSE IF (A AND $F0 = $E0) AND (I < SourceLen-1) THEN BEGIN // Range $0800..$FFFF - U := (WORD (A AND $0F) SHL 12) OR - (WORD (ORD (Source [I+1]) AND $3F) SHL 6) OR - ( ORD (Source [I+2]) AND $3F); - INC (I, 3); - END - ELSE BEGIN // Unknown/unsupported - INC (I); - FOR K := 7 DOWNTO 0 DO - IF A AND (1 SHL K) = 0 THEN BEGIN - INC (I, (A SHR (K+1))-1); - BREAK; - END; - U := WIN1252_UNICODE [ORD (UnknownChar)]; - END; - Ch := UnknownChar; // Retrieve ANSI char - FOR A := $00 TO $FF DO - IF WIN1252_UNICODE [A] = U THEN BEGIN - Ch := CHR (A); - BREAK; - END; - INC (Len); - Result [Len] := Ch; - END; - END; - SetLength (Result, Len); -END; - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -"Special" Helper Functions - -Don't ask me why. But including these functions makes the parser *DRAMATICALLY* faster -on my K6-233 machine. You can test it yourself just by commenting them out. -They do exactly the same as the Assembler routines defined in SysUtils. -(This is where you can see how great the Delphi compiler really is. The compiled code is -faster than hand-coded assembler!) -=============================================================================================== ---> Just move this line below the StrScan function --> *) - - -FUNCTION StrPos (CONST Str, SearchStr : PChar) : PChar; - // Same functionality as SysUtils.StrPos -VAR - First : CHAR; - Len : INTEGER; -BEGIN - First := SearchStr^; - Len := StrLen (SearchStr); - Result := Str; - REPEAT - IF Result^ = First THEN - IF StrLComp (Result, SearchStr, Len) = 0 THEN BREAK; - IF Result^ = #0 THEN BEGIN - Result := NIL; - BREAK; - END; - INC (Result); - UNTIL FALSE; -END; - - -FUNCTION StrScan (CONST Start : PChar; CONST Ch : CHAR) : PChar; - // Same functionality as SysUtils.StrScan -BEGIN - Result := Start; - WHILE Result^ <> Ch DO BEGIN - IF Result^ = #0 THEN BEGIN - Result := NIL; - EXIT; - END; - INC (Result); - END; -END; - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -Helper Functions -=============================================================================================== -*) - -FUNCTION DelChars (Source : STRING; CharsToDelete : TCharset) : STRING; - // Delete all "CharsToDelete" from the string -VAR - I : INTEGER; -BEGIN - Result := Source; - FOR I := Length (Result) DOWNTO 1 DO - IF Result [I] IN CharsToDelete THEN - Delete (Result, I, 1); -END; - - -FUNCTION TrimWs (Source : STRING) : STRING; - // Trimms off Whitespace characters from both ends of the string -VAR - I : INTEGER; -BEGIN - // --- Trim Left - I := 1; - WHILE (I <= Length (Source)) AND (Source [I] IN CWhitespace) DO - INC (I); - Result := Copy (Source, I, MaxInt); - - // --- Trim Right - I := Length (Result); - WHILE (I > 1) AND (Result [I] IN CWhitespace) DO - DEC (I); - Delete (Result, I+1, Length (Result)-I); -END; - - -FUNCTION ConvertWs (Source: STRING; PackWs: BOOLEAN) : STRING; - // Converts all Whitespace characters to the Space #x20 character - // If "PackWs" is true, contiguous Whitespace characters are packed to one -VAR - I : INTEGER; -BEGIN - Result := Source; - FOR I := Length (Result) DOWNTO 1 DO - IF (Result [I] IN CWhitespace) THEN - IF PackWs AND (I > 1) AND (Result [I-1] IN CWhitespace) - THEN Delete (Result, I, 1) - ELSE Result [I] := #32; -END; - - -PROCEDURE SetStringSF (VAR S : STRING; BufferStart, BufferFinal : PChar); -BEGIN - SetString (S, BufferStart, BufferFinal-BufferStart+1); -END; - - -FUNCTION StrLPas (Start : PChar; Len : INTEGER) : STRING; -BEGIN - SetString (Result, Start, Len); -END; - - -FUNCTION StrSFPas (Start, Finish : PChar) : STRING; -BEGIN - SetString (Result, Start, Finish-Start+1); -END; - - -FUNCTION StrScanE (CONST Source : PChar; CONST CharToScanFor : CHAR) : PChar; - // If "CharToScanFor" is not found, StrScanE returns the last char of the - // buffer instead of NIL -BEGIN - Result := StrScan (Source, CharToScanFor); - IF Result = NIL THEN - Result := StrEnd (Source)-1; -END; - - -PROCEDURE ExtractName (Start : PChar; Terminators : TCharset; VAR Final : PChar); - (* Extracts the complete Name beginning at "Start". - It is assumed that the name is contained in Markup, so the '>' character is - always a Termination. - Start: IN Pointer to first char of name. Is always considered to be valid - Terminators: IN Characters which terminate the name - Final: OUT Pointer to last char of name *) -BEGIN - Final := Start+1; - Include (Terminators, #0); - Include (Terminators, '>'); - WHILE NOT (Final^ IN Terminators) DO - INC (Final); - DEC (Final); -END; - - -PROCEDURE ExtractQuote (Start : PChar; VAR Content : STRING; VAR Final : PChar); - (* Extract a string which is contained in single or double Quotes. - Start: IN Pointer to opening quote - Content: OUT The quoted string - Final: OUT Pointer to closing quote *) -BEGIN - Final := StrScan (Start+1, Start^); - IF Final = NIL THEN BEGIN - Final := StrEnd (Start+1)-1; - SetString (Content, Start+1, Final-Start); - END - ELSE - SetString (Content, Start+1, Final-1-Start); -END; - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -TEntityStackNode -This Node is pushed to the "Entity Stack" whenever the parser parses entity replacement text. -The "Instance" field holds the Instance pointer of an External Entity buffer. When it is -popped, the Instance is freed. -The "Encoding" field holds the name of the Encoding. External Parsed Entities may have -another encoding as the document entity (XmlSpec 4.3.3). So when there is an "<?xml" PI -found in the stream (= Text Declaration at the beginning of external parsed entities), the -Encoding found there is used for the External Entity (is assigned to TXmlParser.CurEncoding) -Default Encoding is for the Document Entity is UTF-8. It is assumed that External Entities -have the same Encoding as the Document Entity, unless they carry a Text Declaration. -=============================================================================================== -*) - -TYPE - TEntityStackNode = CLASS - Instance : TObject; - Encoding : STRING; - LastPos : PChar; - END; - -(* -=============================================================================================== -TEntityStack -For nesting of Entities. -When there is an entity reference found in the data stream, the corresponding entity -definition is searched and the current position is pushed to this stack. -From then on, the program scans the entitiy replacement text as if it were normal content. -When the parser reaches the end of an entity, the current position is popped off the -stack again. -=============================================================================================== -*) - -CONSTRUCTOR TEntityStack.Create (TheOwner : TXmlParser); -BEGIN - INHERITED Create; - Owner := TheOwner; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TEntityStack.Push (LastPos : PChar); -BEGIN - Push (NIL, LastPos); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TEntityStack.Push (Instance : TObject; LastPos : PChar); -VAR - ESN : TEntityStackNode; -BEGIN - ESN := TEntityStackNode.Create; - ESN.Instance := Instance; - ESN.Encoding := Owner.FCurEncoding; // Save current Encoding - ESN.LastPos := LastPos; - Add (ESN); -END; - - -FUNCTION TEntityStack.Pop : PChar; -VAR - ESN : TEntityStackNode; -BEGIN - IF Count > 0 THEN BEGIN - ESN := TEntityStackNode (Items [Count-1]); - Result := ESN.LastPos; - IF ESN.Instance <> NIL THEN - ESN.Instance.Free; - IF ESN.Encoding <> '' THEN - Owner.FCurEncoding := ESN.Encoding; // Restore current Encoding - Delete (Count-1); - END - ELSE - Result := NIL; -END; - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -TExternalID ------------ -XmlSpec 4.2.2: ExternalID ::= 'SYSTEM' S SystemLiteral | - 'PUBLIC' S PubidLiteral S SystemLiteral -XmlSpec 4.7: PublicID ::= 'PUBLIC' S PubidLiteral -SystemLiteral and PubidLiteral are quoted -=============================================================================================== -*) - -TYPE - TExternalID = CLASS - PublicId : STRING; - SystemId : STRING; - Final : PChar; - CONSTRUCTOR Create (Start : PChar); - END; - -CONSTRUCTOR TExternalID.Create (Start : PChar); -BEGIN - INHERITED Create; - Final := Start; - IF StrLComp (Start, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0 THEN BEGIN - WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final); - IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT; - ExtractQuote (Final, SystemID, Final); - END - ELSE IF StrLComp (Start, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0 THEN BEGIN - WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final); - IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT; - ExtractQuote (Final, PublicID, Final); - INC (Final); - WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final); - IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT; - ExtractQuote (Final, SystemID, Final); - END; -END; - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -TXmlParser -=============================================================================================== -*) - -CONSTRUCTOR TXmlParser.Create; -BEGIN - INHERITED Create; - FBuffer := NIL; - FBufferSize := 0; - Elements := TElemList.Create; - Entities := TNvpList.Create; - ParEntities := TNvpList.Create; - Notations := TNvpList.Create; - CurAttr := TAttrList.Create; - EntityStack := TEntityStack.Create (Self); - Clear; -END; - - -DESTRUCTOR TXmlParser.Destroy; -BEGIN - Clear; - Elements.Free; - Entities.Free; - ParEntities.Free; - Notations.Free; - CurAttr.Free; - EntityStack.Free; - INHERITED Destroy; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.Clear; - // Free Buffer and clear all object attributes -BEGIN - IF (FBufferSize > 0) AND (FBuffer <> NIL) THEN - FreeMem (FBuffer); - FBuffer := NIL; - FBufferSize := 0; - FSource := ''; - FXmlVersion := ''; - FEncoding := ''; - FStandalone := FALSE; - FRootName := ''; - FDtdcFinal := NIL; - FNormalize := TRUE; - Elements.Clear; - Entities.Clear; - ParEntities.Clear; - Notations.Clear; - CurAttr.Clear; - EntityStack.Clear; -END; - - -FUNCTION TXmlParser.LoadFromFile (Filename : STRING; FileMode : INTEGER = fmOpenRead OR fmShareDenyNone) : BOOLEAN; - // Loads Document from given file - // Returns TRUE if successful -VAR - f : FILE; - ReadIn : INTEGER; - OldFileMode : INTEGER; -BEGIN - Result := FALSE; - Clear; - - // --- Open File - OldFileMode := SYSTEM.FileMode; - TRY - SYSTEM.FileMode := FileMode; - TRY - AssignFile (f, Filename); - Reset (f, 1); - EXCEPT - EXIT; - END; - - TRY - // --- Allocate Memory - TRY - FBufferSize := Filesize (f) + 1; - GetMem (FBuffer, FBufferSize); - EXCEPT - Clear; - EXIT; - END; - - // --- Read File - TRY - BlockRead (f, FBuffer^, FBufferSize, ReadIn); - (FBuffer+ReadIn)^ := #0; // NULL termination - EXCEPT - Clear; - EXIT; - END; - FINALLY - CloseFile (f); - END; - - FSource := Filename; - Result := TRUE; - - FINALLY - SYSTEM.FileMode := OldFileMode; - END; -END; - - -FUNCTION TXmlParser.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar) : BOOLEAN; - // Loads Document from another buffer - // Returns TRUE if successful - // The "Source" property becomes '<MEM>' if successful -BEGIN - Result := FALSE; - Clear; - FBufferSize := StrLen (Buffer) + 1; - TRY - GetMem (FBuffer, FBufferSize); - EXCEPT - Clear; - EXIT; - END; - StrCopy (FBuffer, Buffer); - FSource := '<MEM>'; - Result := TRUE; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar); // References another buffer -BEGIN - Clear; - FBuffer := Buffer; - FBufferSize := 0; - FSource := '<REFERENCE>'; -END; - - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Scanning through the document -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.StartScan; -BEGIN - CurPartType := ptNone; - CurName := ''; - CurContent := ''; - CurStart := NIL; - CurFinal := NIL; - CurAttr.Clear; - EntityStack.Clear; -END; - - -FUNCTION TXmlParser.Scan : BOOLEAN; - // Scans the next Part - // Returns TRUE if a part could be found, FALSE if there is no part any more - // - // "IsDone" can be set to FALSE by AnalyzeText in order to go to the next part - // if there is no Content due to normalization -VAR - IsDone : BOOLEAN; -BEGIN - REPEAT - IsDone := TRUE; - - // --- Start of next Part - IF CurStart = NIL - THEN CurStart := DocBuffer - ELSE CurStart := CurFinal+1; - CurFinal := CurStart; - - // --- End of Document of Pop off a new part from the Entity stack? - IF CurStart^ = #0 THEN - CurStart := EntityStack.Pop; - - // --- No Document or End Of Document: Terminate Scan - IF (CurStart = NIL) OR (CurStart^ = #0) THEN BEGIN - CurStart := StrEnd (DocBuffer); - CurFinal := CurStart-1; - EntityStack.Clear; - Result := FALSE; - EXIT; - END; - - IF (StrLComp (CurStart, '<?xml', 5) = 0) AND - ((CurStart+5)^ IN CWhitespace) THEN AnalyzeProlog // XML Declaration, Text Declaration - ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<?', 2) = 0 THEN AnalyzePI (CurStart, CurFinal) // PI - ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<!--', 4) = 0 THEN AnalyzeComment (CurStart, CurFinal) // Comment - ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<!DOCTYPE', 9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeDtdc // DTDc - ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, CDStart, Length (CDStart)) = 0 THEN AnalyzeCdata // CDATA Section - ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<', 1) = 0 THEN AnalyzeTag // Start-Tag, End-Tag, Empty-Element-Tag - ELSE AnalyzeText (IsDone); // Text Content - UNTIL IsDone; - Result := TRUE; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeProlog; - // Analyze XML Prolog or Text Declaration -VAR - F : PChar; -BEGIN - CurAttr.Analyze (CurStart+5, F); - IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN BEGIN - FXmlVersion := CurAttr.Value ('version'); - FEncoding := CurAttr.Value ('encoding'); - FStandalone := CurAttr.Value ('standalone') = 'yes'; - END; - CurFinal := StrPos (F, '?>'); - IF CurFinal <> NIL - THEN INC (CurFinal) - ELSE CurFinal := StrEnd (CurStart)-1; - FCurEncoding := AnsiUpperCase (CurAttr.Value ('encoding')); - IF FCurEncoding = '' THEN - FCurEncoding := 'UTF-8'; // Default XML Encoding is UTF-8 - CurPartType := ptXmlProlog; - CurName := ''; - CurContent := ''; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeComment (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - // Analyze Comments -BEGIN - Final := StrPos (Start+4, '-->'); - IF Final = NIL - THEN Final := StrEnd (Start)-1 - ELSE INC (Final, 2); - CurPartType := ptComment; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzePI (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - // Analyze Processing Instructions (PI) - // This is also called for Character -VAR - F : PChar; -BEGIN - CurPartType := ptPI; - Final := StrPos (Start+2, '?>'); - IF Final = NIL - THEN Final := StrEnd (Start)-1 - ELSE INC (Final); - ExtractName (Start+2, CWhitespace + ['?', '>'], F); - SetStringSF (CurName, Start+2, F); - SetStringSF (CurContent, F+1, Final-2); - CurAttr.Analyze (F+1, F); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeDtdc; - (* Analyze Document Type Declaration - doctypedecl ::= '<!DOCTYPE' S Name (S ExternalID)? S? ('[' (markupdecl | PEReference | S)* ']' S?)? '>' - markupdecl ::= elementdecl | AttlistDecl | EntityDecl | NotationDecl | PI | Comment - PEReference ::= '%' Name ';' - - elementdecl ::= '<!ELEMENT' S Name S contentspec S? '>' - AttlistDecl ::= '<!ATTLIST' S Name AttDef* S? '>' - EntityDecl ::= '<!ENTITY' S Name S EntityDef S? '>' | - '<!ENTITY' S '%' S Name S PEDef S? '>' - NotationDecl ::= '<!NOTATION' S Name S (ExternalID | PublicID) S? '>' - PI ::= '<?' PITarget (S (Char* - (Char* '?>' Char* )))? '?>' - Comment ::= '<!--' ((Char - '-') | ('-' (Char - '-')))* '-->' *) -TYPE - TPhase = (phName, phDtd, phInternal, phFinishing); -VAR - Phase : TPhase; - F : PChar; - ExternalID : TExternalID; - ExternalDTD : TXmlParser; - DER : TDtdElementRec; -BEGIN - DER.Start := CurStart; - EntityStack.Clear; // Clear stack for Parameter Entities - CurPartType := ptDtdc; - - // --- Don't read DTDc twice - IF FDtdcFinal <> NIL THEN BEGIN - CurFinal := FDtdcFinal; - EXIT; - END; - - // --- Scan DTDc - CurFinal := CurStart + 9; // First char after '<!DOCTYPE' - Phase := phName; - REPEAT - CASE CurFinal^ OF - '%' : BEGIN - PushPE (CurFinal); - CONTINUE; - END; - #0 : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN - BREAK - ELSE BEGIN - CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop; - CONTINUE; - END; - '[' : BEGIN - Phase := phInternal; - AnalyzeDtdElements (CurFinal+1, CurFinal); - CONTINUE; - END; - ']' : Phase := phFinishing; - '>' : BREAK; - ELSE IF NOT (CurFinal^ IN CWhitespace) THEN BEGIN - CASE Phase OF - phName : IF (CurFinal^ IN CNameStart) THEN BEGIN - ExtractName (CurFinal, CWhitespace + ['[', '>'], F); - SetStringSF (FRootName, CurFinal, F); - CurFinal := F; - Phase := phDtd; - END; - phDtd : IF (StrLComp (CurFinal, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0) OR - (StrLComp (CurFinal, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0) THEN BEGIN - ExternalID := TExternalID.Create (CurFinal); - ExternalDTD := LoadExternalEntity (ExternalId.SystemId, ExternalID.PublicId, ''); - F := StrPos (ExternalDtd.DocBuffer, '<!'); - IF F <> NIL THEN - AnalyzeDtdElements (F, F); - ExternalDTD.Free; - CurFinal := ExternalID.Final; - ExternalID.Free; - END; - ELSE BEGIN - DER.ElementType := deError; - DER.Pos := CurFinal; - DER.Final := CurFinal; - DtdElementFound (DER); - END; - END; - - END; - END; - INC (CurFinal); - UNTIL FALSE; - - CurPartType := ptDtdc; - CurName := ''; - CurContent := ''; - - // It is an error in the document if "EntityStack" is not empty now - IF EntityStack.Count > 0 THEN BEGIN - DER.ElementType := deError; - DER.Final := CurFinal; - DER.Pos := CurFinal; - DtdElementFound (DER); - END; - - EntityStack.Clear; // Clear stack for General Entities - FDtdcFinal := CurFinal; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeDtdElements (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - // Analyze the "Elements" of a DTD contained in the external or - // internal DTD subset. -VAR - DER : TDtdElementRec; -BEGIN - Final := Start; - REPEAT - CASE Final^ OF - '%' : BEGIN - PushPE (Final); - CONTINUE; - END; - #0 : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN - BREAK - ELSE BEGIN - CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop; - CONTINUE; - END; - ']', - '>' : BREAK; - '<' : IF StrLComp (Final, '<!ELEMENT', 9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeElementDecl (Final, Final) - ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!ATTLIST', 9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeAttListDecl (Final, Final) - ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!ENTITY', 8) = 0 THEN AnalyzeEntityDecl (Final, Final) - ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!NOTATION', 10) = 0 THEN AnalyzeNotationDecl (Final, Final) - ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<?', 2) = 0 THEN BEGIN // PI in DTD - DER.ElementType := dePI; - DER.Start := Final; - AnalyzePI (Final, Final); - DER.Target := PChar (CurName); - DER.Content := PChar (CurContent); - DER.AttrList := CurAttr; - DER.Final := Final; - DtdElementFound (DER); - END - ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!--', 4) = 0 THEN BEGIN // Comment in DTD - DER.ElementType := deComment; - DER.Start := Final; - AnalyzeComment (Final, Final); - DER.Final := Final; - DtdElementFound (DER); - END - ELSE BEGIN - DER.ElementType := deError; - DER.Start := Final; - DER.Pos := Final; - DER.Final := Final; - DtdElementFound (DER); - END; - - END; - INC (Final); - UNTIL FALSE; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeTag; - // Analyze Tags -VAR - S, F : PChar; - Attr : TAttr; - ElemDef : TElemDef; - AttrDef : TAttrDef; - I : INTEGER; -BEGIN - CurPartType := ptStartTag; - S := CurStart+1; - IF S^ = '/' THEN BEGIN - CurPartType := ptEndTag; - INC (S); - END; - ExtractName (S, CWhitespace + ['/'], F); - SetStringSF (CurName, S, F); - CurAttr.Analyze (F+1, CurFinal); - IF CurFinal^ = '/' THEN BEGIN - CurPartType := ptEmptyTag; - END; - CurFinal := StrScanE (CurFinal, '>'); - - // --- Set Default Attribute values for nonexistent attributes - IF (CurPartType = ptStartTag) OR (CurPartType = ptEmptyTag) THEN BEGIN - ElemDef := Elements.Node (CurName); - IF ElemDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN - FOR I := 0 TO ElemDef.Count-1 DO BEGIN - AttrDef := TAttrDef (ElemDef [I]); - Attr := TAttr (CurAttr.Node (AttrDef.Name)); - IF (Attr = NIL) AND (AttrDef.Value <> '') THEN BEGIN - Attr := TAttr.Create (AttrDef.Name, AttrDef.Value); - Attr.ValueType := vtDefault; - CurAttr.Add (Attr); - END; - IF Attr <> NIL THEN BEGIN - CASE AttrDef.DefaultType OF - adDefault : ; - adRequired : ; // -!- It is an error in the document if "Attr.Value" is an empty string - adImplied : Attr.ValueType := vtImplied; - adFixed : BEGIN - Attr.ValueType := vtFixed; - Attr.Value := AttrDef.Value; - END; - END; - Attr.AttrType := AttrDef.AttrType; - END; - END; - END; - - // --- Normalize Attribute Values. XmlSpec: - // - a character reference is processed by appending the referenced character to the attribute value - // - an entity reference is processed by recursively processing the replacement text of the entity - // - a whitespace character (#x20, #xD, #xA, #x9) is processed by appending #x20 to the normalized value, - // except that only a single #x20 is appended for a "#xD#xA" sequence that is part of an external - // parsed entity or the literal entity value of an internal parsed entity - // - other characters are processed by appending them to the normalized value - // If the declared value is not CDATA, then the XML processor must further process the - // normalized attribute value by discarding any leading and trailing space (#x20) characters, - // and by replacing sequences of space (#x20) characters by a single space (#x20) character. - // All attributes for which no declaration has been read should be treated by a - // non-validating parser as if declared CDATA. - // !!! The XML 1.0 SE specification is somewhat different here - // This code does not conform exactly to this specification - FOR I := 0 TO CurAttr.Count-1 DO - WITH TAttr (CurAttr [I]) DO BEGIN - ReplaceGeneralEntities (Value); - ReplaceCharacterEntities (Value); - IF (AttrType <> atCData) AND (AttrType <> atUnknown) - THEN Value := TranslateEncoding (TrimWs (ConvertWs (Value, TRUE))) - ELSE Value := TranslateEncoding (ConvertWs (Value, FALSE)); - END; - END; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeCData; - // Analyze CDATA Sections -BEGIN - CurPartType := ptCData; - CurFinal := StrPos (CurStart, CDEnd); - IF CurFinal = NIL THEN BEGIN - CurFinal := StrEnd (CurStart)-1; - CurContent := TranslateEncoding (StrPas (CurStart+Length (CDStart))); - END - ELSE BEGIN - SetStringSF (CurContent, CurStart+Length (CDStart), CurFinal-1); - INC (CurFinal, Length (CDEnd)-1); - CurContent := TranslateEncoding (CurContent); - END; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeText (VAR IsDone : BOOLEAN); - (* Analyzes Text Content between Tags. CurFinal will point to the last content character. - Content ends at a '<' character or at the end of the document. - Entity References and Character Entity references are resolved. - If PackSpaces is TRUE, contiguous Whitespace Characters will be compressed to - one Space #x20 character, Whitespace at the beginning and end of content will - be trimmed off and content which is or becomes empty is not returned to - the application (in this case, "IsDone" is set to FALSE which causes the - Scan method to proceed directly to the next part. *) - - PROCEDURE ProcessEntity; - (* Is called if there is an ampsersand '&' character found in the document. - IN "CurFinal" points to the ampersand - OUT "CurFinal" points to the first character after the semi-colon ';' *) - VAR - P : PChar; - Name : STRING; - EntityDef : TEntityDef; - ExternalEntity : TXmlParser; - BEGIN - P := StrScan (CurFinal , ';'); - IF P <> NIL THEN BEGIN - SetStringSF (Name, CurFinal+1, P-1); - - // Is it a Character Entity? - IF (CurFinal+1)^ = '#' THEN BEGIN - IF UpCase ((CurFinal+2)^) = 'X' // !!! Can't use "CHR" for Unicode characters > 255: - THEN CurContent := CurContent + CHR (StrToIntDef ('$'+Copy (Name, 3, MaxInt), 32)) - ELSE CurContent := CurContent + CHR (StrToIntDef (Copy (Name, 2, MaxInt), 32)); - CurFinal := P+1; - EXIT; - END - - // Is it a Predefined Entity? - ELSE IF Name = 'lt' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '<'; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END - ELSE IF Name = 'gt' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '>'; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END - ELSE IF Name = 'amp' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '&'; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END - ELSE IF Name = 'apos' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + ''''; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END - ELSE IF Name = 'quot' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '"'; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END; - - // Replace with Entity from DTD - EntityDef := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (Name)); - IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN - IF EntityDef.Value <> '' THEN BEGIN - EntityStack.Push (P+1); - CurFinal := PChar (EntityDef.Value); - END - ELSE BEGIN - ExternalEntity := LoadExternalEntity (EntityDef.SystemId, EntityDef.PublicId, EntityDef.NotationName); - EntityStack.Push (ExternalEntity, P+1); - CurFinal := ExternalEntity.DocBuffer; - END; - END - ELSE BEGIN - CurContent := CurContent + Name; - CurFinal := P+1; - END; - END - ELSE BEGIN - INC (CurFinal); - END; - END; - -VAR - C : INTEGER; -BEGIN - CurFinal := CurStart; - CurPartType := ptContent; - CurContent := ''; - C := 0; - REPEAT - CASE CurFinal^ OF - '&' : BEGIN - CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C)); - C := 0; - ProcessEntity; - CONTINUE; - END; - #0 : BEGIN - IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN - BREAK - ELSE BEGIN - CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C)); - C := 0; - CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop; - CONTINUE; - END; - END; - '<' : BREAK; - ELSE INC (C); - END; - INC (CurFinal); - UNTIL FALSE; - CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C)); - DEC (CurFinal); - - IF FNormalize THEN BEGIN - CurContent := ConvertWs (TrimWs (CurContent), TRUE); - IsDone := CurContent <> ''; // IsDone will only get FALSE if PackSpaces is TRUE - END; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeElementDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - (* Parse <!ELEMENT declaration starting at "Start" - Final must point to the terminating '>' character - XmlSpec 3.2: - elementdecl ::= '<!ELEMENT' S Name S contentspec S? '>' - contentspec ::= 'EMPTY' | 'ANY' | Mixed | children - Mixed ::= '(' S? '#PCDATA' (S? '|' S? Name)* S? ')*' | - '(' S? '#PCDATA' S? ')' - children ::= (choice | seq) ('?' | '*' | '+')? - choice ::= '(' S? cp ( S? '|' S? cp )* S? ')' - cp ::= (Name | choice | seq) ('?' | '*' | '+')? - seq ::= '(' S? cp ( S? ',' S? cp )* S? ')' - - More simply: - contentspec ::= EMPTY - ANY - '(#PCDATA)' - '(#PCDATA | A | B)*' - '(A, B, C)' - '(A | B | C)' - '(A?, B*, C+), - '(A, (B | C | D)* )' *) -VAR - Element : TElemDef; - Elem2 : TElemDef; - F : PChar; - DER : TDtdElementRec; -BEGIN - Element := TElemDef.Create; - Final := Start + 9; - DER.Start := Start; - REPEAT - IF Final^ = '>' THEN BREAK; - IF (Final^ IN CNameStart) AND (Element.Name = '') THEN BEGIN - ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace, F); - SetStringSF (Element.Name, Final, F); - Final := F; - F := StrScan (Final+1, '>'); - IF F = NIL THEN BEGIN - Element.Definition := STRING (Final); - Final := StrEnd (Final); - BREAK; - END - ELSE BEGIN - SetStringSF (Element.Definition, Final+1, F-1); - Final := F; - BREAK; - END; - END; - INC (Final); - UNTIL FALSE; - Element.Definition := DelChars (Element.Definition, CWhitespace); - ReplaceParameterEntities (Element.Definition); - IF Element.Definition = 'EMPTY' THEN Element.ElemType := etEmpty - ELSE IF Element.Definition = 'ANY' THEN Element.ElemType := etAny - ELSE IF Copy (Element.Definition, 1, 8) = '(#PCDATA' THEN Element.ElemType := etMixed - ELSE IF Copy (Element.Definition, 1, 1) = '(' THEN Element.ElemType := etChildren - ELSE Element.ElemType := etAny; - - Elem2 := Elements.Node (Element.Name); - IF Elem2 <> NIL THEN - Elements.Delete (Elements.IndexOf (Elem2)); - Elements.Add (Element); - Final := StrScanE (Final, '>'); - DER.ElementType := deElement; - DER.ElemDef := Element; - DER.Final := Final; - DtdElementFound (DER); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeAttListDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - (* Parse <!ATTLIST declaration starting at "Start" - Final must point to the terminating '>' character - XmlSpec 3.3: - AttlistDecl ::= '<!ATTLIST' S Name AttDef* S? '>' - AttDef ::= S Name S AttType S DefaultDecl - AttType ::= StringType | TokenizedType | EnumeratedType - StringType ::= 'CDATA' - TokenizedType ::= 'ID' | 'IDREF' | 'IDREFS' | 'ENTITY' | 'ENTITIES' | 'NMTOKEN' | 'NMTOKENS' - EnumeratedType ::= NotationType | Enumeration - NotationType ::= 'NOTATION' S '(' S? Name (S? '|' S? Name)* S? ')' - Enumeration ::= '(' S? Nmtoken (S? '|' S? Nmtoken)* S? ')' - DefaultDecl ::= '#REQUIRED' | '#IMPLIED' | (('#FIXED' S)? AttValue) - AttValue ::= '"' ([^<&"] | Reference)* '"' | "'" ([^<&'] | Reference)* "'" - Examples: - <!ATTLIST address - A1 CDATA "Default" - A2 ID #REQUIRED - A3 IDREF #IMPLIED - A4 IDREFS #IMPLIED - A5 ENTITY #FIXED "&at;ü" - A6 ENTITIES #REQUIRED - A7 NOTATION (WMF | DXF) "WMF" - A8 (A | B | C) #REQUIRED> *) -TYPE - TPhase = (phElementName, phName, phType, phNotationContent, phDefault); -VAR - Phase : TPhase; - F : PChar; - ElementName : STRING; - ElemDef : TElemDef; - AttrDef : TAttrDef; - AttrDef2 : TAttrDef; - Strg : STRING; - DER : TDtdElementRec; -BEGIN - Final := Start + 9; // The character after <!ATTLIST - Phase := phElementName; - DER.Start := Start; - AttrDef := NIL; - ElemDef := NIL; - REPEAT - IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN - CASE Final^ OF - '%' : BEGIN - PushPE (Final); - CONTINUE; - END; - #0 : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN - BREAK - ELSE BEGIN - Final := EntityStack.Pop; - CONTINUE; - END; - '>' : BREAK; - ELSE CASE Phase OF - phElementName : BEGIN - ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar + ['#'], F); - SetStringSF (ElementName, Final, F); - Final := F; - ElemDef := Elements.Node (ElementName); - IF ElemDef = NIL THEN BEGIN - ElemDef := TElemDef.Create; - ElemDef.Name := ElementName; - ElemDef.Definition := 'ANY'; - ElemDef.ElemType := etAny; - Elements.Add (ElemDef); - END; - Phase := phName; - END; - phName : BEGIN - AttrDef := TAttrDef.Create; - ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar + ['#'], F); - SetStringSF (AttrDef.Name, Final, F); - Final := F; - AttrDef2 := TAttrDef (ElemDef.Node (AttrDef.Name)); - IF AttrDef2 <> NIL THEN - ElemDef.Delete (ElemDef.IndexOf (AttrDef2)); - ElemDef.Add (AttrDef); - Phase := phType; - END; - phType : BEGIN - IF Final^ = '(' THEN BEGIN - F := StrScan (Final+1, ')'); - IF F <> NIL - THEN SetStringSF (AttrDef.TypeDef, Final+1, F-1) - ELSE AttrDef.TypeDef := STRING (Final+1); - AttrDef.TypeDef := DelChars (AttrDef.TypeDef, CWhitespace); - AttrDef.AttrType := atEnumeration; - ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.TypeDef); - ReplaceCharacterEntities (AttrDef.TypeDef); - Phase := phDefault; - END - ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, 'NOTATION', 8) = 0 THEN BEGIN - INC (Final, 8); - AttrDef.AttrType := atNotation; - Phase := phNotationContent; - END - ELSE BEGIN - ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace+CQuoteChar+['#'], F); - SetStringSF (AttrDef.TypeDef, Final, F); - IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'CDATA' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atCData - ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ID' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atId - ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'IDREF' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atIdRef - ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'IDREFS' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atIdRefs - ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ENTITY' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atEntity - ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ENTITIES' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atEntities - ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'NMTOKEN' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atNmToken - ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'NMTOKENS' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atNmTokens; - Phase := phDefault; - END - END; - phNotationContent : BEGIN - F := StrScan (Final, ')'); - IF F <> NIL THEN - SetStringSF (AttrDef.Notations, Final+1, F-1) - ELSE BEGIN - AttrDef.Notations := STRING (Final+1); - Final := StrEnd (Final); - END; - ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.Notations); - AttrDef.Notations := DelChars (AttrDef.Notations, CWhitespace); - Phase := phDefault; - END; - phDefault : BEGIN - IF Final^ = '#' THEN BEGIN - ExtractName (Final, CWhiteSpace + CQuoteChar, F); - SetStringSF (Strg, Final, F); - Final := F; - ReplaceParameterEntities (Strg); - IF Strg = '#REQUIRED' THEN BEGIN AttrDef.DefaultType := adRequired; Phase := phName; END - ELSE IF Strg = '#IMPLIED' THEN BEGIN AttrDef.DefaultType := adImplied; Phase := phName; END - ELSE IF Strg = '#FIXED' THEN AttrDef.DefaultType := adFixed; - END - ELSE IF (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN BEGIN - ExtractQuote (Final, AttrDef.Value, Final); - ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.Value); - ReplaceCharacterEntities (AttrDef.Value); - Phase := phName; - END; - IF Phase = phName THEN BEGIN - AttrDef := NIL; - END; - END; - - END; - END; - INC (Final); - UNTIL FALSE; - - Final := StrScan (Final, '>'); - - DER.ElementType := deAttList; - DER.ElemDef := ElemDef; - DER.Final := Final; - DtdElementFound (DER); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeEntityDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - (* Parse <!ENTITY declaration starting at "Start" - Final must point to the terminating '>' character - XmlSpec 4.2: - EntityDecl ::= '<!ENTITY' S Name S EntityDef S? '>' | - '<!ENTITY' S '%' S Name S PEDef S? '>' - EntityDef ::= EntityValue | (ExternalID NDataDecl?) - PEDef ::= EntityValue | ExternalID - NDataDecl ::= S 'NDATA' S Name - EntityValue ::= '"' ([^%&"] | PEReference | EntityRef | CharRef)* '"' | - "'" ([^%&'] | PEReference | EntityRef | CharRef)* "'" - PEReference ::= '%' Name ';' - - Examples - <!ENTITY test1 "Stefan Heymann"> <!-- Internal, general, parsed --> - <!ENTITY test2 SYSTEM "ent2.xml"> <!-- External, general, parsed --> - <!ENTITY test2 SYSTEM "ent3.gif" NDATA gif> <!-- External, general, unparsed --> - <!ENTITY % test3 "<!ELEMENT q ANY>"> <!-- Internal, parameter --> - <!ENTITY % test6 SYSTEM "ent6.xml"> <!-- External, parameter --> - <!ENTITY test4 "&test1; ist lieb"> <!-- IGP, Replacement text <> literal value --> - <!ENTITY test5 "<p>Dies ist ein Test-Absatz</p>"> <!-- IGP, See XmlSpec 2.4 --> - *) -TYPE - TPhase = (phName, phContent, phNData, phNotationName, phFinalGT); -VAR - Phase : TPhase; - IsParamEntity : BOOLEAN; - F : PChar; - ExternalID : TExternalID; - EntityDef : TEntityDef; - EntityDef2 : TEntityDef; - DER : TDtdElementRec; -BEGIN - Final := Start + 8; // First char after <!ENTITY - DER.Start := Start; - Phase := phName; - IsParamEntity := FALSE; - EntityDef := TEntityDef.Create; - REPEAT - IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN - CASE Final^ OF - '%' : IsParamEntity := TRUE; - '>' : BREAK; - ELSE CASE Phase OF - phName : IF Final^ IN CNameStart THEN BEGIN - ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar, F); - SetStringSF (EntityDef.Name, Final, F); - Final := F; - Phase := phContent; - END; - phContent : IF Final^ IN CQuoteChar THEN BEGIN - ExtractQuote (Final, EntityDef.Value, Final); - Phase := phFinalGT; - END - ELSE IF (StrLComp (Final, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0) OR - (StrLComp (Final, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0) THEN BEGIN - ExternalID := TExternalID.Create (Final); - EntityDef.SystemId := ExternalID.SystemId; - EntityDef.PublicId := ExternalID.PublicId; - Final := ExternalID.Final; - Phase := phNData; - ExternalID.Free; - END; - phNData : IF StrLComp (Final, 'NDATA', 5) = 0 THEN BEGIN - INC (Final, 4); - Phase := phNotationName; - END; - phNotationName : IF Final^ IN CNameStart THEN BEGIN - ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['>'], F); - SetStringSF (EntityDef.NotationName, Final, F); - Final := F; - Phase := phFinalGT; - END; - phFinalGT : ; // -!- There is an error in the document if this branch is called - END; - END; - INC (Final); - UNTIL FALSE; - IF IsParamEntity THEN BEGIN - EntityDef2 := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (EntityDef.Name)); - IF EntityDef2 <> NIL THEN - ParEntities.Delete (ParEntities.IndexOf (EntityDef2)); - ParEntities.Add (EntityDef); - ReplaceCharacterEntities (EntityDef.Value); - END - ELSE BEGIN - EntityDef2 := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (EntityDef.Name)); - IF EntityDef2 <> NIL THEN - Entities.Delete (Entities.IndexOf (EntityDef2)); - Entities.Add (EntityDef); - ReplaceParameterEntities (EntityDef.Value); // Create replacement texts (see XmlSpec 4.5) - ReplaceCharacterEntities (EntityDef.Value); - END; - Final := StrScanE (Final, '>'); - - DER.ElementType := deEntity; - DER.EntityDef := EntityDef; - DER.Final := Final; - DtdElementFound (DER); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeNotationDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - // Parse <!NOTATION declaration starting at "Start" - // Final must point to the terminating '>' character - // XmlSpec 4.7: NotationDecl ::= '<!NOTATION' S Name S (ExternalID | PublicID) S? '>' -TYPE - TPhase = (phName, phExtId, phEnd); -VAR - ExternalID : TExternalID; - Phase : TPhase; - F : PChar; - NotationDef : TNotationDef; - DER : TDtdElementRec; -BEGIN - Final := Start + 10; // Character after <!NOTATION - DER.Start := Start; - Phase := phName; - NotationDef := TNotationDef.Create; - REPEAT - IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN - CASE Final^ OF - '>', - #0 : BREAK; - ELSE CASE Phase OF - phName : BEGIN - ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['>'], F); - SetStringSF (NotationDef.Name, Final, F); - Final := F; - Phase := phExtId; - END; - phExtId : BEGIN - ExternalID := TExternalID.Create (Final); - NotationDef.Value := ExternalID.SystemId; - NotationDef.PublicId := ExternalID.PublicId; - Final := ExternalId.Final; - ExternalId.Free; - Phase := phEnd; - END; - phEnd : ; // -!- There is an error in the document if this branch is called - END; - END; - INC (Final); - UNTIL FALSE; - Notations.Add (NotationDef); - Final := StrScanE (Final, '>'); - - DER.ElementType := deNotation; - DER.NotationDef := NotationDef; - DER.Final := Final; - DtdElementFound (DER); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.PushPE (VAR Start : PChar); - (* If there is a parameter entity reference found in the data stream, - the current position will be pushed to the entity stack. - Start: IN Pointer to the '%' character starting the PE reference - OUT Pointer to first character of PE replacement text *) -VAR - P : PChar; - EntityDef : TEntityDef; -BEGIN - P := StrScan (Start, ';'); - IF P <> NIL THEN BEGIN - EntityDef := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (StrSFPas (Start+1, P-1))); - IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN - EntityStack.Push (P+1); - Start := PChar (EntityDef.Value); - END - ELSE - Start := P+1; - END; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceCharacterEntities (VAR Str : STRING); - // Replaces all Character Entity References in the String -VAR - Start : INTEGER; - PAmp : PChar; - PSemi : PChar; - PosAmp : INTEGER; - Len : INTEGER; // Length of Entity Reference -BEGIN - IF Str = '' THEN EXIT; - Start := 1; - REPEAT - PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str) + Start-1, '&#'); - IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK; - PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';'); - IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK; - PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1; - Len := PSemi-PAmp+1; - IF CompareText (Str [PosAmp+2], 'x') = 0 // !!! Can't use "CHR" for Unicode characters > 255 - THEN Str [PosAmp] := CHR (StrToIntDef ('$'+Copy (Str, PosAmp+3, Len-4), 0)) - ELSE Str [PosAmp] := CHR (StrToIntDef (Copy (Str, PosAmp+2, Len-3), 32)); - Delete (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-1); - Start := PosAmp + 1; - UNTIL FALSE; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceParameterEntities (VAR Str : STRING); - // Recursively replaces all Parameter Entity References in the String - PROCEDURE ReplaceEntities (VAR Str : STRING); - VAR - Start : INTEGER; - PAmp : PChar; - PSemi : PChar; - PosAmp : INTEGER; - Len : INTEGER; - Entity : TEntityDef; - Repl : STRING; // Replacement - BEGIN - IF Str = '' THEN EXIT; - Start := 1; - REPEAT - PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str)+Start-1, '%'); - IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK; - PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';'); - IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK; - PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1; - Len := PSemi-PAmp+1; - Entity := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (Copy (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-2))); - IF Entity <> NIL THEN BEGIN - Repl := Entity.Value; - ReplaceEntities (Repl); // Recursion - END - ELSE - Repl := Copy (Str, PosAmp, Len); - Delete (Str, PosAmp, Len); - Insert (Repl, Str, PosAmp); - Start := PosAmp + Length (Repl); - UNTIL FALSE; - END; -BEGIN - ReplaceEntities (Str); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceGeneralEntities (VAR Str : STRING); - // Recursively replaces General Entity References in the String - PROCEDURE ReplaceEntities (VAR Str : STRING); - VAR - Start : INTEGER; - PAmp : PChar; - PSemi : PChar; - PosAmp : INTEGER; - Len : INTEGER; - EntityDef : TEntityDef; - EntName : STRING; - Repl : STRING; // Replacement - ExternalEntity : TXmlParser; - BEGIN - IF Str = '' THEN EXIT; - Start := 1; - REPEAT - PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str)+Start-1, '&'); - IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK; - PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';'); - IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK; - PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1; - Len := PSemi-PAmp+1; - EntName := Copy (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-2); - IF EntName = 'lt' THEN Repl := '<' - ELSE IF EntName = 'gt' THEN Repl := '>' - ELSE IF EntName = 'amp' THEN Repl := '&' - ELSE IF EntName = 'apos' THEN Repl := '''' - ELSE IF EntName = 'quot' THEN Repl := '"' - ELSE BEGIN - EntityDef := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (EntName)); - IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN - IF EntityDef.Value <> '' THEN // Internal Entity - Repl := EntityDef.Value - ELSE BEGIN // External Entity - ExternalEntity := LoadExternalEntity (EntityDef.SystemId, EntityDef.PublicId, EntityDef.NotationName); - Repl := StrPas (ExternalEntity.DocBuffer); // !!! What if it contains a Text Declaration? - ExternalEntity.Free; - END; - ReplaceEntities (Repl); // Recursion - END - ELSE - Repl := Copy (Str, PosAmp, Len); - END; - Delete (Str, PosAmp, Len); - Insert (Repl, Str, PosAmp); - Start := PosAmp + Length (Repl); - UNTIL FALSE; - END; -BEGIN - ReplaceEntities (Str); -END; - - -FUNCTION TXmlParser.LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser; - // This will be called whenever there is a Parsed External Entity or - // the DTD External Subset to be parsed. - // It has to create a TXmlParser instance and load the desired Entity. - // This instance of LoadExternalEntity assumes that "SystemId" is a valid - // file name (relative to the Document source) and loads this file using - // the LoadFromFile method. -VAR - Filename : STRING; -BEGIN - // --- Convert System ID to complete filename - Filename := StringReplace (SystemId, '/', '\', [rfReplaceAll]); - IF Copy (FSource, 1, 1) <> '<' THEN - IF (Copy (Filename, 1, 2) = '\\') OR (Copy (Filename, 2, 1) = ':') THEN - // Already has an absolute Path - ELSE BEGIN - Filename := ExtractFilePath (FSource) + Filename; - END; - - // --- Load the File - Result := TXmlParser.Create; - Result.LoadFromFile (Filename); -END; - - -FUNCTION TXmlParser.TranslateEncoding (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING; - // The member variable "CurEncoding" always holds the name of the current - // encoding, e.g. 'UTF-8' or 'ISO-8859-1'. - // This virtual method "TranslateEncoding" is responsible for translating - // the content passed in the "Source" parameter to the Encoding which - // is expected by the application. - // This instance of "TranlateEncoding" assumes that the Application expects - // Windows ANSI (Win1252) strings. It is able to transform UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1 - // encodings. - // If you want your application to understand or create other encodings, you - // override this function. -BEGIN - IF CurEncoding = 'UTF-8' - THEN Result := Utf8ToAnsi (Source) - ELSE Result := Source; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TXmlParser.DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec); - // This method is called for every element which is found in the DTD - // declaration. The variant record TDtdElementRec is passed which - // holds informations about the element. - // You can override this function to handle DTD declarations. - // Note that when you parse the same Document instance a second time, - // the DTD will not get parsed again. -BEGIN -END; - - -FUNCTION TXmlParser.GetDocBuffer: PChar; - // Returns FBuffer or a pointer to a NUL char if Buffer is empty -BEGIN - IF FBuffer = NIL - THEN Result := #0 - ELSE Result := FBuffer; -END; - - -(*$IFNDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT -=============================================================================================== -TObjectList -=============================================================================================== -*) - -DESTRUCTOR TObjectList.Destroy; -BEGIN - Clear; - SetCapacity(0); - INHERITED Destroy; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TObjectList.Delete (Index : INTEGER); -BEGIN - IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count) THEN EXIT; - TObject (Items [Index]).Free; - INHERITED Delete (Index); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TObjectList.Clear; -BEGIN - WHILE Count > 0 DO - Delete (Count-1); -END; - -(*$ENDIF *) - -(* -=============================================================================================== -TNvpNode --------- -Node base class for the TNvpList -=============================================================================================== -*) - -CONSTRUCTOR TNvpNode.Create (TheName, TheValue : STRING); -BEGIN - INHERITED Create; - Name := TheName; - Value := TheValue; -END; - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -TNvpList --------- -A generic List of Name-Value Pairs, based on the TObjectList introduced in Delphi 5 -=============================================================================================== -*) - -PROCEDURE TNvpList.Add (Node : TNvpNode); -VAR - I : INTEGER; -BEGIN - FOR I := Count-1 DOWNTO 0 DO - IF Node.Name > TNvpNode (Items [I]).Name THEN BEGIN - Insert (I+1, Node); - EXIT; - END; - Insert (0, Node); -END; - - - -FUNCTION TNvpList.Node (Name : STRING) : TNvpNode; - // Binary search for Node -VAR - L, H : INTEGER; // Low, High Limit - T, C : INTEGER; // Test Index, Comparison result - Last : INTEGER; // Last Test Index -BEGIN - IF Count=0 THEN BEGIN - Result := NIL; - EXIT; - END; - - L := 0; - H := Count; - Last := -1; - REPEAT - T := (L+H) DIV 2; - IF T=Last THEN BREAK; - Result := TNvpNode (Items [T]); - C := CompareStr (Result.Name, Name); - IF C = 0 THEN EXIT - ELSE IF C < 0 THEN L := T - ELSE H := T; - Last := T; - UNTIL FALSE; - Result := NIL; -END; - - -FUNCTION TNvpList.Node (Index : INTEGER) : TNvpNode; -BEGIN - IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count) - THEN Result := NIL - ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]); -END; - - -FUNCTION TNvpList.Value (Name : STRING) : STRING; -VAR - Nvp : TNvpNode; -BEGIN - Nvp := TNvpNode (Node (Name)); - IF Nvp <> NIL - THEN Result := Nvp.Value - ELSE Result := ''; -END; - - -FUNCTION TNvpList.Value (Index : INTEGER) : STRING; -BEGIN - IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count) - THEN Result := '' - ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]).Value; -END; - - -FUNCTION TNvpList.Name (Index : INTEGER) : STRING; -BEGIN - IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count) - THEN Result := '' - ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]).Name; -END; - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -TAttrList -List of Attributes. The "Analyze" method extracts the Attributes from the given Buffer. -Is used for extraction of Attributes in Start-Tags, Empty-Element Tags and the "pseudo" -attributes in XML Prologs, Text Declarations and PIs. -=============================================================================================== -*) - -PROCEDURE TAttrList.Analyze (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); - // Analyze the Buffer for Attribute=Name pairs. - // Terminates when there is a character which is not IN CNameStart - // (e.g. '?>' or '>' or '/>') -TYPE - TPhase = (phName, phEq, phValue); -VAR - Phase : TPhase; - F : PChar; - Name : STRING; - Value : STRING; - Attr : TAttr; -BEGIN - Clear; - Phase := phName; - Final := Start; - REPEAT - IF (Final^ = #0) OR (Final^ = '>') THEN BREAK; - IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN - CASE Phase OF - phName : BEGIN - IF NOT (Final^ IN CNameStart) THEN EXIT; - ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['=', '/'], F); - SetStringSF (Name, Final, F); - Final := F; - Phase := phEq; - END; - phEq : BEGIN - IF Final^ = '=' THEN - Phase := phValue - END; - phValue : BEGIN - IF Final^ IN CQuoteChar THEN BEGIN - ExtractQuote (Final, Value, F); - Attr := TAttr.Create; - Attr.Name := Name; - Attr.Value := Value; - Attr.ValueType := vtNormal; - Add (Attr); - Final := F; - Phase := phName; - END; - END; - END; - INC (Final); - UNTIL FALSE; -END; - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -TElemList -List of TElemDef nodes. -=============================================================================================== -*) - -FUNCTION TElemList.Node (Name : STRING) : TElemDef; - // Binary search for the Node with the given Name -VAR - L, H : INTEGER; // Low, High Limit - T, C : INTEGER; // Test Index, Comparison result - Last : INTEGER; // Last Test Index -BEGIN - IF Count=0 THEN BEGIN - Result := NIL; - EXIT; - END; - - L := 0; - H := Count; - Last := -1; - REPEAT - T := (L+H) DIV 2; - IF T=Last THEN BREAK; - Result := TElemDef (Items [T]); - C := CompareStr (Result.Name, Name); - IF C = 0 THEN EXIT - ELSE IF C < 0 THEN L := T - ELSE H := T; - Last := T; - UNTIL FALSE; - Result := NIL; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TElemList.Add (Node : TElemDef); -VAR - I : INTEGER; -BEGIN - FOR I := Count-1 DOWNTO 0 DO - IF Node.Name > TElemDef (Items [I]).Name THEN BEGIN - Insert (I+1, Node); - EXIT; - END; - Insert (0, Node); -END; - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -TScannerXmlParser -A TXmlParser descendant for the TCustomXmlScanner component -=============================================================================================== -*) - -TYPE - TScannerXmlParser = CLASS (TXmlParser) - Scanner : TCustomXmlScanner; - CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheScanner : TCustomXmlScanner); - FUNCTION LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, - Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser; OVERRIDE; - FUNCTION TranslateEncoding (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING; OVERRIDE; - PROCEDURE DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec); OVERRIDE; - END; - -CONSTRUCTOR TScannerXmlParser.Create (TheScanner : TCustomXmlScanner); -BEGIN - INHERITED Create; - Scanner := TheScanner; -END; - - -FUNCTION TScannerXmlParser.LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser; -BEGIN - IF Assigned (Scanner.FOnLoadExternal) - THEN Scanner.FOnLoadExternal (Scanner, SystemId, PublicId, Notation, Result) - ELSE Result := INHERITED LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation); -END; - - -FUNCTION TScannerXmlParser.TranslateEncoding (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING; -BEGIN - IF Assigned (Scanner.FOnTranslateEncoding) - THEN Result := Scanner.FOnTranslateEncoding (Scanner, CurEncoding, Source) - ELSE Result := INHERITED TranslateEncoding (Source); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TScannerXmlParser.DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec); -BEGIN - WITH DtdElementRec DO - CASE ElementType OF - deElement : Scanner.WhenElement (ElemDef); - deAttList : Scanner.WhenAttList (ElemDef); - deEntity : Scanner.WhenEntity (EntityDef); - deNotation : Scanner.WhenNotation (NotationDef); - dePI : Scanner.WhenPI (STRING (Target), STRING (Content), AttrList); - deComment : Scanner.WhenComment (StrSFPas (Start, Final)); - deError : Scanner.WhenDtdError (Pos); - END; -END; - - -(* -=============================================================================================== -TCustomXmlScanner -=============================================================================================== -*) - -CONSTRUCTOR TCustomXmlScanner.Create (AOwner: TComponent); -BEGIN - INHERITED; - FXmlParser := TScannerXmlParser.Create (Self); -END; - - -DESTRUCTOR TCustomXmlScanner.Destroy; -BEGIN - FXmlParser.Free; - INHERITED; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.LoadFromFile (Filename : TFilename); - // Load XML Document from file -BEGIN - FXmlParser.LoadFromFile (Filename); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar); - // Load XML Document from buffer -BEGIN - FXmlParser.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar); - // Refer to Buffer -BEGIN - FXmlParser.SetBuffer (Buffer); -END; - - -FUNCTION TCustomXmlScanner.GetFilename : TFilename; -BEGIN - Result := FXmlParser.Source; -END; - - -FUNCTION TCustomXmlScanner.GetNormalize : BOOLEAN; -BEGIN - Result := FXmlParser.Normalize; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.SetNormalize (Value : BOOLEAN); -BEGIN - FXmlParser.Normalize := Value; -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenXmlProlog(XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN); - // Is called when the parser has parsed the <? xml ?> declaration of the prolog -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnXmlProlog) THEN FOnXmlProlog (Self, XmlVersion, Encoding, Standalone); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenComment (Comment : STRING); - // Is called when the parser has parsed a <!-- comment --> -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnComment) THEN FOnComment (Self, Comment); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenPI (Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList); - // Is called when the parser has parsed a <?processing instruction ?> -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnPI) THEN FOnPI (Self, Target, Content, Attributes); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenDtdRead (RootElementName : STRING); - // Is called when the parser has completely parsed the DTD -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnDtdRead) THEN FOnDtdRead (Self, RootElementName); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenStartTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList); - // Is called when the parser has parsed a start tag like <p> -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnStartTag) THEN FOnStartTag (Self, TagName, Attributes); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEmptyTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList); - // Is called when the parser has parsed an Empty Element Tag like <br/> -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnEmptyTag) THEN FOnEmptyTag (Self, TagName, Attributes); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEndTag (TagName : STRING); - // Is called when the parser has parsed an End Tag like </p> -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnEndTag) THEN FOnEndTag (Self, TagName); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenContent (Content : STRING); - // Is called when the parser has parsed an element's text content -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnContent) THEN FOnContent (Self, Content); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenCData (Content : STRING); - // Is called when the parser has parsed a CDATA section -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnCData) THEN FOnCData (Self, Content); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenElement (ElemDef : TElemDef); - // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ELEMENT> definition - // inside the DTD -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnElement) THEN FOnElement (Self, ElemDef); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenAttList (ElemDef : TElemDef); - // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ATTLIST> definition - // inside the DTD -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnAttList) THEN FOnAttList (Self, ElemDef); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEntity (EntityDef : TEntityDef); - // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ENTITY> definition - // inside the DTD -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnEntity) THEN FOnEntity (Self, EntityDef); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenNotation (NotationDef : TNotationDef); - // Is called when the parser has parsed a <!NOTATION> definition - // inside the DTD -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnNotation) THEN FOnNotation (Self, NotationDef); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenDtdError (ErrorPos : PChar); - // Is called when the parser has found an Error in the DTD -BEGIN - IF Assigned (FOnDtdError) THEN FOnDtdError (Self, ErrorPos); -END; - - -PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.Execute; - // Perform scanning - // Scanning is done synchronously, i.e. you can expect events to be triggered - // in the order of the XML data stream. Execute will finish when the whole XML - // document has been scanned or when the StopParser property has been set to TRUE. -BEGIN - FStopParser := FALSE; - FXmlParser.StartScan; - WHILE FXmlParser.Scan AND (NOT FStopParser) DO - CASE FXmlParser.CurPartType OF - ptNone : ; - ptXmlProlog : WhenXmlProlog (FXmlParser.XmlVersion, FXmlParser.Encoding, FXmlParser.Standalone); - ptComment : WhenComment (StrSFPas (FXmlParser.CurStart, FXmlParser.CurFinal)); - ptPI : WhenPI (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurContent, FXmlParser.CurAttr); - ptDtdc : WhenDtdRead (FXmlParser.RootName); - ptStartTag : WhenStartTag (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurAttr); - ptEmptyTag : WhenEmptyTag (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurAttr); - ptEndTag : WhenEndTag (FXmlParser.CurName); - ptContent : WhenContent (FXmlParser.CurContent); - ptCData : WhenCData (FXmlParser.CurContent); - END; -END; - - -END. diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/logger.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/logger.pas deleted file mode 100644 index ad9b24e6..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/logger.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,189 +0,0 @@ -unit logger; -{ - $Id: logger.pas,v 1.2 2006/11/26 16:58:04 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ Error Logging Unit } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are } -{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominique Louis. } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ Logging functions... } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms } -{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ 2001 - DL : Initial creation } -{ 25/10/2001 - DRE : Added $M+ directive to allow published } -{ in classes. Added a compile directive } -{ around fmShareExclusive as this does not } -{ exist in Free Pascal } -{ } -{******************************************************************************} -{ - $Log: logger.pas,v $ - Revision 1.2 2006/11/26 16:58:04 savage - Modifed to create separate log files. Therefore each instance running from the same directory will have their own individual log file, prepended with a number. - - Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage - Module 1.0 release - - -} - -{$I jedi-sdl.inc} - -{$WEAKPACKAGEUNIT OFF} - -interface - -uses - Classes, - SysUtils; - -type - TLogger = class - private - FFileHandle : TextFile; - FApplicationName : string; - FApplicationPath : string; - protected - - public - constructor Create; - destructor Destroy; override; - function GetApplicationName: string; - function GetApplicationPath: string; - procedure LogError( ErrorMessage : string; Location : string ); - procedure LogWarning( WarningMessage : string; Location : string ); - procedure LogStatus( StatusMessage : string; Location : string ); - published - property ApplicationName : string read GetApplicationName; - property ApplicationPath : string read GetApplicationPath; - end; - -var - Log : TLogger; - -implementation - -{ TLogger } -constructor TLogger.Create; -var - FileName : string; - FileNo : integer; -begin - FApplicationName := ExtractFileName( ParamStr(0) ); - FApplicationPath := ExtractFilePath( ParamStr(0) ); - FileName := FApplicationPath + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' ); - FileNo := 0; - while FileExists( FileName ) do - begin - inc( FileNo ); - FileName := FApplicationPath + IntToStr( FileNo ) + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' ) - end; - AssignFile( FFileHandle, FileName ); - ReWrite( FFileHandle ); - (*inherited Create( FApplicationPath + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' ), - fmCreate {$IFNDEF FPC}or fmShareExclusive{$ENDIF} );*) -end; - -destructor TLogger.Destroy; -begin - CloseFile( FFileHandle ); - inherited; -end; - -function TLogger.GetApplicationName: string; -begin - result := FApplicationName; -end; - -function TLogger.GetApplicationPath: string; -begin - result := FApplicationPath; -end; - -procedure TLogger.LogError(ErrorMessage, Location: string); -var - S : string; -begin - S := '*** ERROR *** : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + ErrorMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10; - WriteLn( FFileHandle, S ); - Flush( FFileHandle ); -end; - -procedure TLogger.LogStatus(StatusMessage, Location: string); -var - S : string; -begin - S := 'STATUS INFO : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + StatusMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10; - WriteLn( FFileHandle, S ); - Flush( FFileHandle ); -end; - -procedure TLogger.LogWarning(WarningMessage, Location: string); -var - S : string; -begin - S := '=== WARNING === : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + WarningMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10; - WriteLn( FFileHandle, S ); - Flush( FFileHandle ); -end; - -initialization -begin - Log := TLogger.Create; - Log.LogStatus( 'Starting Application', 'Initialization' ); -end; - -finalization -begin - Log.LogStatus( 'Terminating Application', 'Finalization' ); - Log.Free; - Log := nil; -end; - -end. -
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas deleted file mode 100644 index ea4f220c..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,320 +0,0 @@ -unit moduleloader; -{ - $Id: moduleloader.pas,v 1.4 2004/02/20 17:19:10 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************} -{ } -{ Project JEDI } -{ OS independent Dynamic Loading Helpers } -{ } -{ The initial developer of the this code is } -{ Robert Marquardt <robert_marquardt@gmx.de) } -{ } -{ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Robert Marquardt. } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators (Project JEDI) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/NPL-1_1Final.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{******************************************************************} -{ - $Log: moduleloader.pas,v $ - Revision 1.4 2004/02/20 17:19:10 savage - Added Calling convention to Win32 functions just in case. - - Revision 1.3 2004/02/14 22:36:29 savage - Fixed inconsistencies of using LoadLibrary and LoadModule. - Now all units make use of LoadModule rather than LoadLibrary and other dynamic proc procedures. - - Revision 1.2 2004/02/14 00:23:39 savage - As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change. - - Revision 1.1 2004/02/14 00:04:50 savage - dllfuncs conflicts with FreePascal so it has been renamed back to the moduleloader.pas - - Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:19 savage - Module 1.0 release - - -} - -interface - -{$i jedi-sdl.inc} -{$WEAKPACKAGEUNIT ON} - -// each OS gets its own IFDEFed complete code block to make reading easier - -{$IFDEF WIN32} -uses - Windows; - -type - // Handle to a loaded DLL - TModuleHandle = HINST; - -const - // Value designating an unassigned TModuleHandle od a failed loading - INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE = TModuleHandle(0); - -function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean; stdcall; -function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean; stdcall; -procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle); stdcall; -function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer; stdcall; -function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer; stdcall; -function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; stdcall; -function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; stdcall; - -implementation - -// load the DLL file FileName -// the rules for FileName are those of LoadLibrary -// Returns: True = success, False = failure to load -// Assigns: the handle of the loaded DLL to Module -// Warning: if Module has any other value than INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE -// on entry the function will do nothing but returning success. - -function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean; -begin - if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then - Module := LoadLibrary( FileName ); - Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE; -end; - -// load the DLL file FileName -// LoadLibraryEx is used to get better control of the loading -// for the allowed values for flags see LoadLibraryEx documentation. - -function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean; -begin - if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then - Module := LoadLibraryEx( FileName, 0, Flags); - Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE; -end; - -// unload a DLL loaded with LoadModule or LoadModuleEx -// The procedure will not try to unload a handle with -// value INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE and assigns this value -// to Module after unload. - -procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle); -begin - if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then - FreeLibrary(Module); - Module := INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE; -end; - -// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName -// if it is exported from the DLL Module -// nil is returned if the symbol is not available - -function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer; -begin - Result := nil; - if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then - Result := GetProcAddress(Module, SymbolName ); -end; - -// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName -// if it is exported from the DLL Module -// nil is returned if the symbol is not available. -// as an extra the boolean variable Accu is updated -// by anding in the success of the function. -// This is very handy for rendering a global result -// when accessing a long list of symbols. - -function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer; -begin - Result := nil; - if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then - Result := GetProcAddress(Module, SymbolName ); - Accu := Accu and (Result <> nil); -end; - -// get the value of variables exported from a DLL Module -// Delphi cannot access variables in a DLL directly, so -// this function allows to copy the data from the DLL. -// Beware! You are accessing the DLL memory image directly. -// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure -// to read the correct amount of data. - -function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; -var - Sym: Pointer; -begin - Result := True; - Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result); - if Result then - Move(Sym^, Buffer, Size); -end; - -// set the value of variables exported from a DLL Module -// Delphi cannot access variables in a DLL directly, so -// this function allows to copy the data to the DLL! -// BEWARE! You are accessing the DLL memory image directly. -// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure -// to write the correct amount of data. -// The changes are not persistent. They get lost when the -// DLL is unloaded. - -function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; -var - Sym: Pointer; -begin - Result := True; - Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result); - if Result then - Move(Buffer, Sym^, Size); -end; - -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF Unix} -uses -{$ifdef FPC} - dl, - Types, - Baseunix, - Unix; -{$else} - Types, - Libc; -{$endif} - -type - // Handle to a loaded .so - TModuleHandle = Pointer; - -const - // Value designating an unassigned TModuleHandle od a failed loading - INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE = TModuleHandle(nil); - -function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean; -function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean; -procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle); -function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer; -function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer; -function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; -function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; - -implementation - -// load the .so file FileName -// the rules for FileName are those of dlopen() -// Returns: True = success, False = failure to load -// Assigns: the handle of the loaded .so to Module -// Warning: if Module has any other value than INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE -// on entry the function will do nothing but returning success. - -function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean; -begin - if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then - Module := dlopen( FileName, RTLD_NOW); - Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE; -end; - -// load the .so file FileName -// dlopen() with flags is used to get better control of the loading -// for the allowed values for flags see "man dlopen". - -function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean; -begin - if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then - Module := dlopen( FileName, Flags); - Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE; -end; - -// unload a .so loaded with LoadModule or LoadModuleEx -// The procedure will not try to unload a handle with -// value INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE and assigns this value -// to Module after unload. - -procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle); -begin - if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then - dlclose(Module); - Module := INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE; -end; - -// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName -// if it is exported from the .so Module -// nil is returned if the symbol is not available - -function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer; -begin - Result := nil; - if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then - Result := dlsym(Module, SymbolName ); -end; - -// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName -// if it is exported from the .so Module -// nil is returned if the symbol is not available. -// as an extra the boolean variable Accu is updated -// by anding in the success of the function. -// This is very handy for rendering a global result -// when accessing a long list of symbols. - -function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer; -begin - Result := nil; - if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then - Result := dlsym(Module, SymbolName ); - Accu := Accu and (Result <> nil); -end; - -// get the value of variables exported from a .so Module -// Delphi cannot access variables in a .so directly, so -// this function allows to copy the data from the .so. -// Beware! You are accessing the .so memory image directly. -// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure -// to read the correct amount of data. - -function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; -var - Sym: Pointer; -begin - Result := True; - Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result); - if Result then - Move(Sym^, Buffer, Size); -end; - -// set the value of variables exported from a .so Module -// Delphi cannot access variables in a .so directly, so -// this function allows to copy the data to the .so! -// BEWARE! You are accessing the .so memory image directly. -// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure -// to write the correct amount of data. -// The changes are not persistent. They get lost when the -// .so is unloaded. - -function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; -var - Sym: Pointer; -begin - Result := True; - Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result); - if Result then - Move(Buffer, Sym^, Size); -end; -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF __MACH__} // Mach definitions go here -{$ENDIF} - -end. diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/registryuserpreferences.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/registryuserpreferences.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 4a5d55f0..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/registryuserpreferences.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -unit registryuserpreferences; -{ - $Id: registryuserpreferences.pas,v 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ Wrapper class for Windows Register and INI Files } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are } -{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis. } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so } -{ They are available from... } -{ http://www.libsdl.org . } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ September 23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation } -{ - $Log: registryuserpreferences.pas,v $ - Revision 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage - Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working. - - -} -{******************************************************************************} - -interface - -uses - {$IFDEF REG} - Registry, - {$ELSE} - IniFiles, - {$ENDIF} - Classes, - userpreferences; - -type - TRegistryUserPreferences = class( TUserPreferences ) - private - - protected - function GetSection( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract; - function GetIdentifier( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract; - function GetDefaultBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; override; - function GetBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; override; - procedure SetBoolean( const Index : Integer; const Value : Boolean ); override; - function GetDefaultDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; override; - function GetDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; override; - procedure SetDateTime( const Index : Integer; const Value : TDateTime ); override; - function GetDefaultInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; override; - function GetInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; override; - procedure SetInteger( const Index : Integer; const Value : Integer ); override; - function GetDefaultFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; override; - function GetFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; override; - procedure SetFloat( const Index : Integer; const Value : single ); override; - function GetDefaultString( const Index : Integer ) : string; override; - function GetString( const Index : Integer ) : string; override; - procedure SetString( const Index : Integer; const Value : string ); override; - public - Registry : {$IFDEF REG}TRegIniFile{$ELSE}TIniFile{$ENDIF}; - constructor Create( const FileName : string = '' ); reintroduce; - destructor Destroy; override; - procedure Update; override; - end; - -implementation - -uses - SysUtils; - -{ TRegistryUserPreferences } -constructor TRegistryUserPreferences.Create( const FileName : string ); -var - defFileName : string; -begin - inherited Create; - - if FileName <> '' then - defFileName := FileName - else - defFileName := ChangeFileExt( ParamStr( 0 ), '.ini' ); - - Registry := {$IFDEF REG}TRegIniFile{$ELSE}TIniFile{$ENDIF}.Create( defFileName ); -end; - -destructor TRegistryUserPreferences.Destroy; -begin - Update; - Registry.Free; - Registry := nil; - inherited; -end; - -function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; -begin - Result := Registry.ReadBool( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultBoolean( Index ) ); -end; - -function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDateTime( const Index : Integer ): TDateTime; -begin - Result := Registry.ReadDateTime( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultDateTime( Index ){$ENDIF} ); -end; - -function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; -begin - result := false; -end; - -function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultDateTime( const Index: Integer ) : TDateTime; -begin - result := Now; -end; - -function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultFloat( const Index: Integer ) : single; -begin - result := 0.0; -end; - -function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultInteger(const Index : Integer ) : Integer; -begin - result := 0; -end; - -function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultString( const Index : Integer ) : string; -begin - result := ''; -end; - -function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetFloat( const Index : Integer ): single; -begin - Result := Registry.ReadFloat( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultFloat( Index ){$ENDIF} ); -end; - -function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; -begin - Result := Registry.ReadInteger( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultInteger( Index ) ); -end; - -function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetString( const Index : Integer ): string; -begin - Result := Registry.ReadString( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultString( Index ) ); -end; - -procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetBoolean( const Index : Integer; const Value : Boolean ); -begin - Registry.WriteBool( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), Value ); - inherited; -end; - -procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetDateTime( const Index: Integer; const Value: TDateTime ); -begin - Registry.WriteDateTime( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ){$ENDIF}, Value ); - inherited; -end; - -procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetFloat(const Index: Integer; const Value: single); -begin - Registry.WriteFloat( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ){$ENDIF}, Value ); - inherited; -end; - -procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetInteger( const Index, Value : Integer ); -begin - Registry.WriteInteger( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), Value ); - inherited; -end; - -procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetString( const Index : Integer; const Value : string ); -begin - Registry.WriteString( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), Value ); - inherited; -end; - -procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.Update; -begin - {$IFDEF REG} - Registry.CloseKey; - {$ELSE} - Registry.UpdateFile; - {$ENDIF} -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 0d7e46af..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4332 +0,0 @@ -unit sdl; -{ - $Id: sdl.pas,v 1.38 2008/01/26 10:09:32 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Headers } -{ } -{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are } -{ Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga } -{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr. } -{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA) } -{ } -{ All Rights Reserved. } -{ } -{ The original files are : SDL.h } -{ SDL_main.h } -{ SDL_types.h } -{ SDL_rwops.h } -{ SDL_timer.h } -{ SDL_audio.h } -{ SDL_cdrom.h } -{ SDL_joystick.h } -{ SDL_mouse.h } -{ SDL_keyboard.h } -{ SDL_events.h } -{ SDL_video.h } -{ SDL_byteorder.h } -{ SDL_version.h } -{ SDL_active.h } -{ SDL_thread.h } -{ SDL_mutex .h } -{ SDL_getenv.h } -{ SDL_loadso.h } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are } -{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2004 Dominique Louis. } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de> His Project inspired this conversion } -{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de> } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so } -{ They are available from... } -{ http://www.libsdl.org . } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ May 08 2001 - DL : Added Keyboard State Array ( See demos for how to } -{ use ) } -{ PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr; } -{ TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8; } -{ As most games will need it. } -{ } -{ April 02 2001 - DL : Added SDL_getenv.h definitions and tested version } -{ 1.2.0 compatability. } -{ } -{ March 13 2001 - MT : Added Linux compatibility. } -{ } -{ March 10 2001 - MT : Added externalsyms for DEFINES } -{ Changed the license header } -{ } -{ March 09 2001 - MT : Added Kylix Ifdefs/Deleted the uses mmsystem } -{ } -{ March 01 2001 - DL : Update conversion of version 1.1.8 } -{ } -{ July 22 2001 - DL : Added TUInt8Array and PUIntArray after suggestions } -{ from Matthias Thoma and Eric Grange. } -{ } -{ October 12 2001 - DL : Various changes as suggested by Matthias Thoma and } -{ David Acklam } -{ } -{ October 24 2001 - DL : Added FreePascal support as per suggestions from } -{ Dean Ellis. } -{ } -{ October 27 2001 - DL : Added SDL_BUTTON macro } -{ } -{ November 08 2001 - DL : Bug fix as pointed out by Puthoon. } -{ } -{ November 29 2001 - DL : Bug fix of SDL_SetGammaRamp as pointed out by Simon} -{ Rushton. } -{ } -{ November 30 2001 - DL : SDL_NOFRAME added as pointed out by Simon Rushton. } -{ } -{ December 11 2001 - DL : Added $WEAKPACKAGEUNIT ON to facilitate useage in } -{ Components } -{ } -{ January 05 2002 - DL : Added SDL_Swap32 function as suggested by Matthias } -{ Thoma and also made sure the _getenv from } -{ MSVCRT.DLL uses the right calling convention } -{ } -{ January 25 2002 - DL : Updated conversion of SDL_AddTimer & } -{ SDL_RemoveTimer as per suggestions from Matthias } -{ Thoma. } -{ } -{ January 27 2002 - DL : Commented out exported function putenv and getenv } -{ So that developers get used to using SDL_putenv } -{ SDL_getenv, as they are more portable } -{ } -{ March 05 2002 - DL : Added FreeAnNil procedure for Delphi 4 users. } -{ } -{ October 23 2002 - DL : Added Delphi 3 Define of Win32. } -{ If you intend to you Delphi 3... } -{ ( which is officially unsupported ) make sure you } -{ remove references to $EXTERNALSYM in this and other} -{ SDL files. } -{ } -{ November 29 2002 - DL : Fixed bug in Declaration of SDL_GetRGBA that was } -{ pointed out by Todd Lang } -{ } -{ April 03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more } -{ Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included } -{ for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously } -{ continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal. } -{ } -{ April 08 2003 - MK : Aka Mr Kroket - Added Better FPC support } -{ } -{ April 24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added} -{ better TMT Pascal support and under instruction } -{ from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),} -{ I have added better Gnu Pascal support } -{ } -{ April 30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA } -{ Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support. } -{ This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set } -{ include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/* } -{ } -{ - $Log: sdl.pas,v $ - Revision 1.38 2008/01/26 10:09:32 savage - Added SDL_BUTTON_X1 and SDL_BUTTON_X2 constants for extended mouse buttons. Now makes SDL v1.2.13 compliant. - - Revision 1.37 2007/12/20 22:36:56 savage - Added SKYOS support, thanks to Sebastian-Torsten Tillmann - - Revision 1.36 2007/12/05 22:52:04 savage - Better Mac OS X support for Frameworks. - - Revision 1.35 2007/12/02 22:41:13 savage - Change for Mac OS X to link to SDL Framework - - Revision 1.34 2007/08/26 23:50:53 savage - Jonas supplied another fix. - - Revision 1.33 2007/08/26 15:59:46 savage - Mac OS changes as suggested by Jonas Maebe - - Revision 1.32 2007/08/22 21:18:43 savage - Thanks to Dean for his MouseDelta patch. - - Revision 1.31 2007/05/29 21:30:48 savage - Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility. - - Revision 1.30 2007/05/29 19:31:03 savage - Fix to TSDL_Overlay structure - thanks David Pethes (aka imcold) - - Revision 1.29 2007/05/20 20:29:11 savage - Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits - - Revision 1.26 2007/02/11 13:38:04 savage - Added Nintendo DS support - Thanks Dean. - - Revision 1.25 2006/12/02 00:12:52 savage - Updated to latest version - - Revision 1.24 2006/05/18 21:10:04 savage - Added 1.2.10 Changes - - Revision 1.23 2005/12/04 23:17:52 drellis - Added declaration of SInt8 and PSInt8 - - Revision 1.22 2005/05/24 21:59:03 savage - Re-arranged uses clause to work on Win32 and Linux, Thanks again Michalis. - - Revision 1.21 2005/05/22 18:42:31 savage - Changes as suggested by Michalis Kamburelis. Thanks again. - - Revision 1.20 2005/04/10 11:48:33 savage - Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks. - - Revision 1.19 2005/01/05 01:47:06 savage - Changed LibName to reflect what MacOS X should have. ie libSDL*-1.2.0.dylib respectively. - - Revision 1.18 2005/01/04 23:14:41 savage - Changed LibName to reflect what most Linux distros will have. ie libSDL*-1.2.so.0 respectively. - - Revision 1.17 2005/01/03 18:40:59 savage - Updated Version number to reflect latest one - - Revision 1.16 2005/01/01 02:02:06 savage - Updated to v1.2.8 - - Revision 1.15 2004/12/24 18:57:11 savage - forgot to apply Michalis Kamburelis' patch to the implementation section. now fixed - - Revision 1.14 2004/12/23 23:42:18 savage - Applied Patches supplied by Michalis Kamburelis ( THANKS! ), for greater FreePascal compatability. - - Revision 1.13 2004/09/30 22:31:59 savage - Updated with slightly different header comments - - Revision 1.12 2004/09/12 21:52:58 savage - Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes. - - Revision 1.11 2004/08/14 22:54:30 savage - Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X. - - Revision 1.10 2004/07/20 23:57:33 savage - Thanks to Paul Toth for spotting an error in the SDL Audio Convertion structures. - In TSDL_AudioCVT the filters variable should point to and array of pointers and not what I had there previously. - - Revision 1.9 2004/07/03 22:07:22 savage - Added Bitwise Manipulation Functions for TSDL_VideoInfo struct. - - Revision 1.8 2004/05/10 14:10:03 savage - Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ). - - Revision 1.7 2004/04/13 09:32:08 savage - Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary. - - Revision 1.6 2004/04/01 20:53:23 savage - Changed Linux Shared Object names so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site. - - Revision 1.5 2004/02/22 15:32:10 savage - SDL_GetEnv Fix so it also works on FPC/Linux. Thanks to Rodrigo for pointing this out. - - Revision 1.4 2004/02/21 23:24:29 savage - SDL_GetEnv Fix so that it is not define twice for FPC. Thanks to Rene Hugentobler for pointing out this bug, - - Revision 1.3 2004/02/18 22:35:51 savage - Brought sdl.pas up to 1.2.7 compatability - Thus... - Added SDL_GL_STEREO, - SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS, - SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES - - Add DLL/Shared object functions - function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer; - - function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer; - - procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer ); - - Added function to create RWops from const memory: SDL_RWFromConstMem() - function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops; - - Ported SDL_cpuinfo.h so Now you can test for Specific CPU types. - - Revision 1.2 2004/02/17 21:37:12 savage - Tidying up of units - - Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage - Module 1.0 release - -} -{******************************************************************************} - -{$I jedi-sdl.inc} - -interface - -uses -{$IFDEF __GPC__} - system, - {$IFDEF WINDOWS} - wintypes, - {$ELSE} - {$ENDIF} - gpc; -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF HAS_TYPES} - Types{$IFNDEF NDS},{$ELSE};{$ENDIF} -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} - Windows; -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF UNIX} - {$IFDEF FPC} - {$IFNDEF SKYOS} - pthreads, - {$ENDIF} - baseunix, - {$IFNDEF GP2X} - {$IFNDEF DARWIN} - {$IFNDEF SKYOS} - unix, - {$ELSE} - unix; - {$ENDIF} - {$ELSE} - unix; - {$ENDIF} - {$ELSE} - unix; - {$ENDIF} - {$IFNDEF GP2X} - {$IFNDEF DARWIN} - {$IFNDEF SKYOS} - x, - xlib; - {$ENDIF} - {$ENDIF} - {$ENDIF} - {$ELSE} - Libc, - Xlib; - {$ENDIF} -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF __MACH__} - GPCMacOSAll; -{$ENDIF} - -{$ifndef FPC} -type - PtrInt = LongInt; - PtrUInt = LongWord; -{$endif} - -const -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} - SDLLibName = 'SDL.dll'; -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF UNIX} -{$IFDEF DARWIN} - SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.0.dylib'; - {$linklib libSDL-1.2.0} - {$linklib gcc} - {$linklib SDLmain} - {$linkframework Cocoa} - {$PASCALMAINNAME SDL_main} -{$ELSE} - {$IFDEF FPC} - SDLLibName = 'libSDL.so'; - {$ELSE} - SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.so.0'; - {$ENDIF} -{$ENDIF} -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF MACOS} - SDLLibName = 'SDL'; - {$linklib libSDL} -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF NDS} - SDLLibName = 'libSDL.a'; - {$linklib libSDL.a} - {$linklib libnds9.a} - {$linklib libc.a} - {$linklib libgcc.a} - {$linklib libsysbase.a} -{$ENDIF} - - // SDL_verion.h constants - // Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL - SDL_MAJOR_VERSION = 1; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAJOR_VERSION} - SDL_MINOR_VERSION = 2; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MINOR_VERSION} - SDL_PATCHLEVEL = 13; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PATCHLEVEL} - - // SDL.h constants - SDL_INIT_TIMER = $00000001; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_TIMER} - SDL_INIT_AUDIO = $00000010; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_AUDIO} - SDL_INIT_VIDEO = $00000020; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_VIDEO} - SDL_INIT_CDROM = $00000100; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_CDROM} - SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK = $00000200; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK} - SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE = $00100000; // Don't catch fatal signals -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE} - SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD = $01000000; // Not supported on all OS's -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD} - SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING = $0000FFFF; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING} - - // SDL_error.h constants - ERR_MAX_STRLEN = 128; -{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_STRLEN} - ERR_MAX_ARGS = 5; -{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_ARGS} - - // SDL_types.h constants - SDL_PRESSED = $01; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PRESSED} - SDL_RELEASED = $00; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RELEASED} - - // SDL_timer.h constants - // This is the OS scheduler timeslice, in milliseconds - SDL_TIMESLICE = 10; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TIMESLICE} - // This is the maximum resolution of the SDL timer on all platforms - TIMER_RESOLUTION = 10; // Experimentally determined -{$EXTERNALSYM TIMER_RESOLUTION} - - // SDL_audio.h constants - AUDIO_U8 = $0008; // Unsigned 8-bit samples -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U8} - AUDIO_S8 = $8008; // Signed 8-bit samples -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S8} - AUDIO_U16LSB = $0010; // Unsigned 16-bit samples -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16LSB} - AUDIO_S16LSB = $8010; // Signed 16-bit samples -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16LSB} - AUDIO_U16MSB = $1010; // As above, but big-endian byte order -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16MSB} - AUDIO_S16MSB = $9010; // As above, but big-endian byte order -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16MSB} - AUDIO_U16 = AUDIO_U16LSB; -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16} - AUDIO_S16 = AUDIO_S16LSB; -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16} - - - // SDL_cdrom.h constants - // The maximum number of CD-ROM tracks on a disk - SDL_MAX_TRACKS = 99; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAX_TRACKS} - // The types of CD-ROM track possible - SDL_AUDIO_TRACK = $00; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AUDIO_TRACK} - SDL_DATA_TRACK = $04; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DATA_TRACK} - - // Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa - CD_FPS = 75; -{$EXTERNALSYM CD_FPS} - // SDL_byteorder.h constants - // The two types of endianness - SDL_LIL_ENDIAN = 1234; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LIL_ENDIAN} - SDL_BIG_ENDIAN = 4321; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BIG_ENDIAN} - -{$IFDEF IA32} - - SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_LIL_ENDIAN; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER} - // Native audio byte ordering - AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16LSB; -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS} - AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16LSB; -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS} - -{$ELSE} - - SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER} - // Native audio byte ordering - AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16MSB; -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS} - AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16MSB; -{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS} - -{$ENDIF} - - - SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME = 128; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME} - - // SDL_joystick.h constants - MAX_JOYSTICKS = 2; // only 2 are supported in the multimedia API -{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_JOYSTICKS} - MAX_AXES = 6; // each joystick can have up to 6 axes -{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_AXES} - MAX_BUTTONS = 32; // and 32 buttons -{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_BUTTONS} - AXIS_MIN = -32768; // minimum value for axis coordinate -{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MIN} - AXIS_MAX = 32767; // maximum value for axis coordinate -{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MAX} - JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD = (((AXIS_MAX) - (AXIS_MIN)) / 100); // 1% motion -{$EXTERNALSYM JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD} - //JOY_BUTTON_FLAG(n) (1<<n) - // array to hold joystick ID values - //static UInt SYS_JoystickID[MAX_JOYSTICKS]; - //static JOYCAPS SYS_Joystick[MAX_JOYSTICKS]; - - { Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick - The return value is one of the following positions: } - SDL_HAT_CENTERED = $00; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_CENTERED} - SDL_HAT_UP = $01; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_UP} - SDL_HAT_RIGHT = $02; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHT} - SDL_HAT_DOWN = $04; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_DOWN} - SDL_HAT_LEFT = $08; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFT} - SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_UP; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP} - SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_DOWN; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN} - SDL_HAT_LEFTUP = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_UP; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTUP} - SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_DOWN; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN} - - // SDL_events.h constants - SDL_NOEVENT = 0; // Unused (do not remove) -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOEVENT} - SDL_ACTIVEEVENT = 1; // Application loses/gains visibility -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENT} - SDL_KEYDOWN = 2; // Keys pressed -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWN} - SDL_KEYUP = 3; // Keys released -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUP} - SDL_MOUSEMOTION = 4; // Mouse moved -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTION} - SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN = 5; // Mouse button pressed -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN} - SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP = 6; // Mouse button released -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP} - SDL_JOYAXISMOTION = 7; // Joystick axis motion -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTION} - SDL_JOYBALLMOTION = 8; // Joystick trackball motion -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTION} - SDL_JOYHATMOTION = 9; // Joystick hat position change -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTION} - SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN = 10; // Joystick button pressed -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN} - SDL_JOYBUTTONUP = 11; // Joystick button released -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUP} - SDL_QUITEV = 12; // User-requested quit ( Changed due to procedure conflict ) -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUIT} - SDL_SYSWMEVENT = 13; // System specific event -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENT} - SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA = 14; // Reserved for future use.. -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA} - SDL_EVENT_RESERVED = 15; // Reserved for future use.. -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED} - SDL_VIDEORESIZE = 16; // User resized video mode -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZE} - SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE = 17; // Screen needs to be redrawn -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE} - SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2 = 18; // Reserved for future use.. -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2} - SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3 = 19; // Reserved for future use.. -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3} - SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4 = 20; // Reserved for future use.. -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4} - SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5 = 21; // Reserved for future use.. -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5} - SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6 = 22; // Reserved for future use.. -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6} - SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7 = 23; // Reserved for future use.. -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7} - // Events SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_MAXEVENTS-1 are for your use - SDL_USEREVENT = 24; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_USEREVENT} - // This last event is only for bounding internal arrays - // It is the number of bits in the event mask datatype -- UInt32 - SDL_NUMEVENTS = 32; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NUMEVENTS} - - SDL_ALLEVENTS = $FFFFFFFF; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALLEVENTS} - - SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_ACTIVEEVENT; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK} - SDL_KEYDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYDOWN; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWNMASK} - SDL_KEYUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYUP; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUPMASK} - SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK} - SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK} - SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK} - SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION or - 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or - 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK} - SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK} - SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK} - SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK} - SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK} - SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK} - SDL_JOYEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION or - 1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION or - 1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION or - 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or - 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYEVENTMASK} - SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK = 1 shl SDL_VIDEORESIZE; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK} - SDL_QUITMASK = 1 shl SDL_QUITEV; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUITMASK} - SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_SYSWMEVENT; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK} - - { This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events. - If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped - from the event queue and will not event be filtered. - If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally. - If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the - current processing state of the specified event. } - - SDL_QUERY = -1; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUERY} - SDL_IGNORE = 0; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IGNORE} - SDL_DISABLE = 0; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DISABLE} - SDL_ENABLE = 1; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ENABLE} - - //SDL_keyboard.h constants - // This is the mask which refers to all hotkey bindings - SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS = $FFFFFFFF; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS} - -{ Enable/Disable keyboard repeat. Keyboard repeat defaults to off. - 'delay' is the initial delay in ms between the time when a key is - pressed, and keyboard repeat begins. - 'interval' is the time in ms between keyboard repeat events. } - - SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY = 500; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY} - SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL = 30; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL} - - // The keyboard syms have been cleverly chosen to map to ASCII - SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNKNOWN} - SDLK_FIRST = 0; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_FIRST} - SDLK_BACKSPACE = 8; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSPACE} - SDLK_TAB = 9; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_TAB} - SDLK_CLEAR = 12; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CLEAR} - SDLK_RETURN = 13; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RETURN} - SDLK_PAUSE = 19; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAUSE} - SDLK_ESCAPE = 27; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ESCAPE} - SDLK_SPACE = 32; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SPACE} - SDLK_EXCLAIM = 33; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EXCLAIM} - SDLK_QUOTEDBL = 34; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTEDBL} - SDLK_HASH = 35; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HASH} - SDLK_DOLLAR = 36; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOLLAR} - SDLK_AMPERSAND = 38; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AMPERSAND} - SDLK_QUOTE = 39; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTE} - SDLK_LEFTPAREN = 40; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTPAREN} - SDLK_RIGHTPAREN = 41; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTPAREN} - SDLK_ASTERISK = 42; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ASTERISK} - SDLK_PLUS = 43; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PLUS} - SDLK_COMMA = 44; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMMA} - SDLK_MINUS = 45; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MINUS} - SDLK_PERIOD = 46; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PERIOD} - SDLK_SLASH = 47; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SLASH} - SDLK_0 = 48; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_0} - SDLK_1 = 49; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_1} - SDLK_2 = 50; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_2} - SDLK_3 = 51; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_3} - SDLK_4 = 52; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_4} - SDLK_5 = 53; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_5} - SDLK_6 = 54; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_6} - SDLK_7 = 55; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_7} - SDLK_8 = 56; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_8} - SDLK_9 = 57; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_9} - SDLK_COLON = 58; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COLON} - SDLK_SEMICOLON = 59; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SEMICOLON} - SDLK_LESS = 60; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LESS} - SDLK_EQUALS = 61; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EQUALS} - SDLK_GREATER = 62; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GREATER} - SDLK_QUESTION = 63; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUESTION} - SDLK_AT = 64; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AT} - - { Skip uppercase letters } - - SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = 91; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTBRACKET} - SDLK_BACKSLASH = 92; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSLASH} - SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = 93; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET} - SDLK_CARET = 94; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CARET} - SDLK_UNDERSCORE = 95; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNDERSCORE} - SDLK_BACKQUOTE = 96; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKQUOTE} - SDLK_a = 97; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_a} - SDLK_b = 98; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_b} - SDLK_c = 99; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_c} - SDLK_d = 100; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_d} - SDLK_e = 101; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_e} - SDLK_f = 102; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_f} - SDLK_g = 103; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_g} - SDLK_h = 104; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_h} - SDLK_i = 105; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_i} - SDLK_j = 106; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_j} - SDLK_k = 107; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_k} - SDLK_l = 108; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_l} - SDLK_m = 109; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_m} - SDLK_n = 110; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_n} - SDLK_o = 111; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_o} - SDLK_p = 112; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_p} - SDLK_q = 113; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_q} - SDLK_r = 114; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_r} - SDLK_s = 115; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_s} - SDLK_t = 116; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_t} - SDLK_u = 117; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_u} - SDLK_v = 118; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_v} - SDLK_w = 119; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_w} - SDLK_x = 120; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_x} - SDLK_y = 121; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_y} - SDLK_z = 122; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_z} - SDLK_DELETE = 127; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DELETE} - // End of ASCII mapped keysyms - - // International keyboard syms - SDLK_WORLD_0 = 160; // 0xA0 -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_0} - SDLK_WORLD_1 = 161; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_1} - SDLK_WORLD_2 = 162; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_2} - SDLK_WORLD_3 = 163; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_3} - SDLK_WORLD_4 = 164; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_4} - SDLK_WORLD_5 = 165; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_5} - SDLK_WORLD_6 = 166; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_6} - SDLK_WORLD_7 = 167; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_7} - SDLK_WORLD_8 = 168; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_8} - SDLK_WORLD_9 = 169; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_9} - SDLK_WORLD_10 = 170; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_10} - SDLK_WORLD_11 = 171; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_11} - SDLK_WORLD_12 = 172; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_12} - SDLK_WORLD_13 = 173; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_13} - SDLK_WORLD_14 = 174; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_14} - SDLK_WORLD_15 = 175; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_15} - SDLK_WORLD_16 = 176; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_16} - SDLK_WORLD_17 = 177; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_17} - SDLK_WORLD_18 = 178; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_18} - SDLK_WORLD_19 = 179; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_19} - SDLK_WORLD_20 = 180; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_20} - SDLK_WORLD_21 = 181; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_21} - SDLK_WORLD_22 = 182; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_22} - SDLK_WORLD_23 = 183; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_23} - SDLK_WORLD_24 = 184; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_24} - SDLK_WORLD_25 = 185; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_25} - SDLK_WORLD_26 = 186; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_26} - SDLK_WORLD_27 = 187; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_27} - SDLK_WORLD_28 = 188; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_28} - SDLK_WORLD_29 = 189; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_29} - SDLK_WORLD_30 = 190; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_30} - SDLK_WORLD_31 = 191; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_31} - SDLK_WORLD_32 = 192; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_32} - SDLK_WORLD_33 = 193; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_33} - SDLK_WORLD_34 = 194; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_34} - SDLK_WORLD_35 = 195; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_35} - SDLK_WORLD_36 = 196; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_36} - SDLK_WORLD_37 = 197; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_37} - SDLK_WORLD_38 = 198; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_38} - SDLK_WORLD_39 = 199; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_39} - SDLK_WORLD_40 = 200; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_40} - SDLK_WORLD_41 = 201; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_41} - SDLK_WORLD_42 = 202; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_42} - SDLK_WORLD_43 = 203; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_43} - SDLK_WORLD_44 = 204; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_44} - SDLK_WORLD_45 = 205; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_45} - SDLK_WORLD_46 = 206; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_46} - SDLK_WORLD_47 = 207; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_47} - SDLK_WORLD_48 = 208; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_48} - SDLK_WORLD_49 = 209; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_49} - SDLK_WORLD_50 = 210; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_50} - SDLK_WORLD_51 = 211; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_51} - SDLK_WORLD_52 = 212; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_52} - SDLK_WORLD_53 = 213; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_53} - SDLK_WORLD_54 = 214; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_54} - SDLK_WORLD_55 = 215; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_55} - SDLK_WORLD_56 = 216; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_56} - SDLK_WORLD_57 = 217; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_57} - SDLK_WORLD_58 = 218; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_58} - SDLK_WORLD_59 = 219; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_59} - SDLK_WORLD_60 = 220; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_60} - SDLK_WORLD_61 = 221; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_61} - SDLK_WORLD_62 = 222; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_62} - SDLK_WORLD_63 = 223; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_63} - SDLK_WORLD_64 = 224; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_64} - SDLK_WORLD_65 = 225; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_65} - SDLK_WORLD_66 = 226; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_66} - SDLK_WORLD_67 = 227; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_67} - SDLK_WORLD_68 = 228; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_68} - SDLK_WORLD_69 = 229; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_69} - SDLK_WORLD_70 = 230; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_70} - SDLK_WORLD_71 = 231; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_71} - SDLK_WORLD_72 = 232; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_72} - SDLK_WORLD_73 = 233; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_73} - SDLK_WORLD_74 = 234; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_74} - SDLK_WORLD_75 = 235; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_75} - SDLK_WORLD_76 = 236; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_76} - SDLK_WORLD_77 = 237; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_77} - SDLK_WORLD_78 = 238; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_78} - SDLK_WORLD_79 = 239; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_79} - SDLK_WORLD_80 = 240; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_80} - SDLK_WORLD_81 = 241; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_81} - SDLK_WORLD_82 = 242; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_82} - SDLK_WORLD_83 = 243; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_83} - SDLK_WORLD_84 = 244; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_84} - SDLK_WORLD_85 = 245; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_85} - SDLK_WORLD_86 = 246; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_86} - SDLK_WORLD_87 = 247; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_87} - SDLK_WORLD_88 = 248; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_88} - SDLK_WORLD_89 = 249; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_89} - SDLK_WORLD_90 = 250; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_90} - SDLK_WORLD_91 = 251; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_91} - SDLK_WORLD_92 = 252; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_92} - SDLK_WORLD_93 = 253; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_93} - SDLK_WORLD_94 = 254; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_94} - SDLK_WORLD_95 = 255; // 0xFF -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_95} - - // Numeric keypad - SDLK_KP0 = 256; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP0} - SDLK_KP1 = 257; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP1} - SDLK_KP2 = 258; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP2} - SDLK_KP3 = 259; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP3} - SDLK_KP4 = 260; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP4} - SDLK_KP5 = 261; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP5} - SDLK_KP6 = 262; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP6} - SDLK_KP7 = 263; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP7} - SDLK_KP8 = 264; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP8} - SDLK_KP9 = 265; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP9} - SDLK_KP_PERIOD = 266; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PERIOD} - SDLK_KP_DIVIDE = 267; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_DIVIDE} - SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY = 268; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY} - SDLK_KP_MINUS = 269; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MINUS} - SDLK_KP_PLUS = 270; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PLUS} - SDLK_KP_ENTER = 271; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_ENTER} - SDLK_KP_EQUALS = 272; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_EQUALS} - - // Arrows + Home/End pad - SDLK_UP = 273; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UP} - SDLK_DOWN = 274; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOWN} - SDLK_RIGHT = 275; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHT} - SDLK_LEFT = 276; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFT} - SDLK_INSERT = 277; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_INSERT} - SDLK_HOME = 278; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HOME} - SDLK_END = 279; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_END} - SDLK_PAGEUP = 280; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEUP} - SDLK_PAGEDOWN = 281; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEDOWN} - - // Function keys - SDLK_F1 = 282; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F1} - SDLK_F2 = 283; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F2} - SDLK_F3 = 284; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F3} - SDLK_F4 = 285; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F4} - SDLK_F5 = 286; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F5} - SDLK_F6 = 287; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F6} - SDLK_F7 = 288; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F7} - SDLK_F8 = 289; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F8} - SDLK_F9 = 290; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F9} - SDLK_F10 = 291; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F10} - SDLK_F11 = 292; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F11} - SDLK_F12 = 293; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F12} - SDLK_F13 = 294; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F13} - SDLK_F14 = 295; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F14} - SDLK_F15 = 296; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F15} - - // Key state modifier keys - SDLK_NUMLOCK = 300; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_NUMLOCK} - SDLK_CAPSLOCK = 301; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CAPSLOCK} - SDLK_SCROLLOCK = 302; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SCROLLOCK} - SDLK_RSHIFT = 303; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSHIFT} - SDLK_LSHIFT = 304; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSHIFT} - SDLK_RCTRL = 305; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RCTRL} - SDLK_LCTRL = 306; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LCTRL} - SDLK_RALT = 307; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RALT} - SDLK_LALT = 308; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LALT} - SDLK_RMETA = 309; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RMETA} - SDLK_LMETA = 310; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LMETA} - SDLK_LSUPER = 311; // Left "Windows" key -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSUPER} - SDLK_RSUPER = 312; // Right "Windows" key -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSUPER} - SDLK_MODE = 313; // "Alt Gr" key -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MODE} - SDLK_COMPOSE = 314; // Multi-key compose key -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMPOSE} - - // Miscellaneous function keys - SDLK_HELP = 315; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HELP} - SDLK_PRINT = 316; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PRINT} - SDLK_SYSREQ = 317; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SYSREQ} - SDLK_BREAK = 318; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BREAK} - SDLK_MENU = 319; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MENU} - SDLK_POWER = 320; // Power Macintosh power key -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_POWER} - SDLK_EURO = 321; // Some european keyboards -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EURO} - -{$IFDEF GP2X} -SDLK_GP2X_UP = 0; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UP} -SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT = 1; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT} -SDLK_GP2X_LEFT = 2; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_LEFT} -SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT = 3; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT} -SDLK_GP2X_DOWN = 4; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWN} -SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT = 5; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT} -SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT = 6; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT} -SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT = 7; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT} -SDLK_GP2X_START = 8; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_START} -SDLK_GP2X_SELECT = 9; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_SELECT} -SDLK_GP2X_L = 10; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_L} -SDLK_GP2X_R = 11; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_R} -SDLK_GP2X_A = 12; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_A} -SDLK_GP2X_B = 13; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_B} -SDLK_GP2X_Y = 14; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_Y} -SDLK_GP2X_X = 15; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_X} -SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP = 16; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP} -SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN = 17; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN} -SDLK_GP2X_CLICK = 18; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_CLICK} -{$ENDIF} - - // Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together) - KMOD_NONE = $0000; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NONE} - KMOD_LSHIFT = $0001; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LSHIFT} - KMOD_RSHIFT = $0002; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RSHIFT} - KMOD_LCTRL = $0040; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LCTRL} - KMOD_RCTRL = $0080; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RCTRL} - KMOD_LALT = $0100; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LALT} - KMOD_RALT = $0200; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RALT} - KMOD_LMETA = $0400; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LMETA} - KMOD_RMETA = $0800; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RMETA} - KMOD_NUM = $1000; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NUM} - KMOD_CAPS = $2000; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CAPS} - KMOD_MODE = 44000; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_MODE} - KMOD_RESERVED = $8000; -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RESERVED} - - KMOD_CTRL = (KMOD_LCTRL or KMOD_RCTRL); -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CTRL} - KMOD_SHIFT = (KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_RSHIFT); -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_SHIFT} - KMOD_ALT = (KMOD_LALT or KMOD_RALT); -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_ALT} - KMOD_META = (KMOD_LMETA or KMOD_RMETA); -{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_META} - - //SDL_video.h constants - // Transparency definitions: These define alpha as the opacity of a surface */ - SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE = 255; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE} - SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT} - - // These are the currently supported flags for the SDL_surface - // Available for SDL_CreateRGBSurface() or SDL_SetVideoMode() - SDL_SWSURFACE = $00000000; // Surface is in system memory -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SWSURFACE} - SDL_HWSURFACE = $00000001; // Surface is in video memory -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWSURFACE} - SDL_ASYNCBLIT = $00000004; // Use asynchronous blits if possible -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ASYNCBLIT} - // Available for SDL_SetVideoMode() - SDL_ANYFORMAT = $10000000; // Allow any video depth/pixel-format -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ANYFORMAT} - SDL_HWPALETTE = $20000000; // Surface has exclusive palette -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWPALETTE} - SDL_DOUBLEBUF = $40000000; // Set up double-buffered video mode -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DOUBLEBUF} - SDL_FULLSCREEN = $80000000; // Surface is a full screen display -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FULLSCREEN} - SDL_OPENGL = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGL} - SDL_OPENGLBLIT = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGLBLIT} - SDL_RESIZABLE = $00000010; // This video mode may be resized -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RESIZABLE} - SDL_NOFRAME = $00000020; // No window caption or edge frame -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOFRAME} - // Used internally (read-only) - SDL_HWACCEL = $00000100; // Blit uses hardware acceleration -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWACCEL} - SDL_SRCCOLORKEY = $00001000; // Blit uses a source color key -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCOLORKEY} - SDL_RLEACCELOK = $00002000; // Private flag -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCELOK} - SDL_RLEACCEL = $00004000; // Colorkey blit is RLE accelerated -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCEL} - SDL_SRCALPHA = $00010000; // Blit uses source alpha blending -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCALPHA} - SDL_SRCCLIPPING = $00100000; // Blit uses source clipping -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCLIPPING} - SDL_PREALLOC = $01000000; // Surface uses preallocated memory -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PREALLOC} - - { The most common video overlay formats. - For an explanation of these pixel formats, see: - http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/indexyuv.htm - - For information on the relationship between color spaces, see: - http://www.neuro.sfc.keio.ac.jp/~aly/polygon/info/color-space-faq.html } - - SDL_YV12_OVERLAY = $32315659; // Planar mode: Y + V + U (3 planes) -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YV12_OVERLAY} - SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY = $56555949; // Planar mode: Y + U + V (3 planes) -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY} - SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY = $32595559; // Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane) -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY} - SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY = $59565955; // Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane) -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY} - SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY = $55595659; // Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane) -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY} - - // flags for SDL_SetPalette() - SDL_LOGPAL = $01; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LOGPAL} - SDL_PHYSPAL = $02; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PHYSPAL} - - //SDL_mouse.h constants - { Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate - Button 1: Left mouse button - Button 2: Middle mouse button - Button 3: Right mouse button - Button 4: Mouse Wheel Up (may also be a real button) - Button 5: Mouse Wheel Down (may also be a real button) - Button 6: Mouse X1 (may also be a real button) - Button 7: Mouse X2 (may also be a real button) - } - SDL_BUTTON_LEFT = 1; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LEFT} - SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE = 2; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE} - SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT = 3; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT} - SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP = 4; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP} - SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN = 5; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN} - SDL_BUTTON_X1 = 6; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X1} - SDL_BUTTON_X2 = 7; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X2} - - SDL_BUTTON_LMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_LEFT - 1); -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LMASK} - SDL_BUTTON_MMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE - 1); -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MMASK} - SDL_BUTTON_RMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT - 1); -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RMASK} - SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_X1 - 1); -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK} - SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_X2 - 1); -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK} - - // SDL_active.h constants - // The available application states - SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS = $01; // The app has mouse coverage -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS} - SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS = $02; // The app has input focus -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS} - SDL_APPACTIVE = $04; // The application is active -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPACTIVE} - - // SDL_mutex.h constants - // Synchronization functions which can time out return this value - // they time out. - - SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT = 1; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT} - - // This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out - SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT = not Cardinal(0); -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT} - - {TSDL_GrabMode = ( - SDL_GRAB_QUERY, - SDL_GRAB_OFF, - SDL_GRAB_ON, - SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN ); // Used internally} - SDL_GRAB_QUERY = -1; - SDL_GRAB_OFF = 0; - SDL_GRAB_ON = 1; - //SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN // Used internally - -type - THandle = Cardinal; - //SDL_types.h types - // Basic data types - - SDL_Bool = (SDL_FALSE, SDL_TRUE); - TSDL_Bool = SDL_Bool; - - PUInt8Array = ^TUInt8Array; - PUInt8 = ^UInt8; - PPUInt8 = ^PUInt8; - UInt8 = Byte; -{$EXTERNALSYM UInt8} - TUInt8Array = array [0..MAXINT shr 1] of UInt8; - - PUInt16 = ^UInt16; - UInt16 = word; -{$EXTERNALSYM UInt16} - - PSInt8 = ^SInt8; - SInt8 = Shortint; -{$EXTERNALSYM SInt8} - - PSInt16 = ^SInt16; - SInt16 = smallint; -{$EXTERNALSYM SInt16} - - PUInt32 = ^UInt32; - UInt32 = Cardinal; -{$EXTERNALSYM UInt32} - - SInt32 = Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SInt32} - - PInt = ^Integer; - - PShortInt = ^ShortInt; - - PUInt64 = ^UInt64; - UInt64 = record - hi: UInt32; - lo: UInt32; - end; -{$EXTERNALSYM UInt64} - - PSInt64 = ^SInt64; - SInt64 = record - hi: UInt32; - lo: UInt32; - end; -{$EXTERNALSYM SInt64} - - TSDL_GrabMode = Integer; - - // SDL_error.h types - TSDL_errorcode = ( - SDL_ENOMEM, - SDL_EFREAD, - SDL_EFWRITE, - SDL_EFSEEK, - SDL_LASTERROR); - - SDL_errorcode = TSDL_errorcode; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_errorcode} - - TArg = record - case Byte of - 0: (value_ptr: Pointer); - (* #if 0 means: never - 1 : ( value_c : Byte ); - *) - 2: (value_i: Integer); - 3: (value_f: double); - 4: (buf: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte); - end; - - PSDL_error = ^TSDL_error; - TSDL_error = record - { This is a numeric value corresponding to the current error } - error: Integer; - - { This is a key used to index into a language hashtable containing - internationalized versions of the SDL error messages. If the key - is not in the hashtable, or no hashtable is available, the key is - used directly as an error message format string. } - key: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte; - - { These are the arguments for the error functions } - argc: Integer; - args: array[0..ERR_MAX_ARGS - 1] of TArg; - end; - - // SDL_rwops.h types - // This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic - // some helper types to handle the unions - // "packed" is only guessed - - TStdio = record - autoclose: Integer; - // FILE * is only defined in Kylix so we use a simple Pointer - fp: Pointer; - end; - - TMem = record - base: PUInt8; - here: PUInt8; - stop: PUInt8; - end; - - TUnknown = record - data1: Pointer; - end; - - // first declare the pointer type - PSDL_RWops = ^TSDL_RWops; - // now the pointer to function types - {$IFNDEF __GPC__} - TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer; cdecl; - TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer; cdecl; - TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer; cdecl; - TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer; cdecl; - {$ELSE} - TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer; - TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer; - TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer; - TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer; - {$ENDIF} - // the variant record itself - TSDL_RWops = record - seek: TSeek; - read: TRead; - write: TWrite; - close: TClose; - // a keyword as name is not allowed - type_: UInt32; - // be warned! structure alignment may arise at this point - case Integer of - 0: (stdio: TStdio); - 1: (mem: TMem); - 2: (unknown: TUnknown); - end; - - SDL_RWops = TSDL_RWops; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWops} - - - // SDL_timer.h types - // Function prototype for the timer callback function - {$IFNDEF __GPC__} - TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32; cdecl; - {$ELSE} - TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32; - {$ENDIF} - - { New timer API, supports multiple timers - Written by Stephane Peter <megastep@lokigames.com> } - - { Function prototype for the new timer callback function. - The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns - the next timer interval. If the returned value is the same as the one - passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is - scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled. } - {$IFNDEF __GPC__} - TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32; cdecl; - {$ELSE} - TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32; - {$ENDIF} - - // Definition of the timer ID type - PSDL_TimerID = ^TSDL_TimerID; - TSDL_TimerID = record - interval: UInt32; - callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback; - param: Pointer; - last_alarm: UInt32; - next: PSDL_TimerID; - end; - - {$IFNDEF __GPC__} - TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer ); cdecl; - {$ELSE} - TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer ); - {$ENDIF} - - // SDL_audio.h types - // The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio() - PSDL_AudioSpec = ^TSDL_AudioSpec; - TSDL_AudioSpec = record - freq: Integer; // DSP frequency -- samples per second - format: UInt16; // Audio data format - channels: UInt8; // Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo - silence: UInt8; // Audio buffer silence value (calculated) - samples: UInt16; // Audio buffer size in samples - padding: UInt16; // Necessary for some compile environments - size: UInt32; // Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated) - { This function is called when the audio device needs more data. - 'stream' is a pointer to the audio data buffer - 'len' is the length of that buffer in bytes. - Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid. - Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.} - callback: TSDL_AudioSpecCallback; - userdata: Pointer; - end; - - // A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers - PSDL_AudioCVT = ^TSDL_AudioCVT; - - PSDL_AudioCVTFilter = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilter; - TSDL_AudioCVTFilter = record - cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT; - format: UInt16; - end; - - PSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray; - TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = array[0..9] of PSDL_AudioCVTFilter; - - TSDL_AudioCVT = record - needed: Integer; // Set to 1 if conversion possible - src_format: UInt16; // Source audio format - dst_format: UInt16; // Target audio format - rate_incr: double; // Rate conversion increment - buf: PUInt8; // Buffer to hold entire audio data - len: Integer; // Length of original audio buffer - len_cvt: Integer; // Length of converted audio buffer - len_mult: Integer; // buffer must be len*len_mult big - len_ratio: double; // Given len, final size is len*len_ratio - filters: TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray; - filter_index: Integer; // Current audio conversion function - end; - - TSDL_Audiostatus = ( - SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED, - SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING, - SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED - ); - - // SDL_cdrom.h types - TSDL_CDStatus = ( - CD_ERROR, - CD_TRAYEMPTY, - CD_STOPPED, - CD_PLAYING, - CD_PAUSED ); - - PSDL_CDTrack = ^TSDL_CDTrack; - TSDL_CDTrack = record - id: UInt8; // Track number - type_: UInt8; // Data or audio track - unused: UInt16; - length: UInt32; // Length, in frames, of this track - offset: UInt32; // Offset, in frames, from start of disk - end; - - // This structure is only current as of the last call to SDL_CDStatus() - PSDL_CD = ^TSDL_CD; - TSDL_CD = record - id: Integer; // Private drive identifier - status: TSDL_CDStatus; // Current drive status - - // The rest of this structure is only valid if there's a CD in drive - numtracks: Integer; // Number of tracks on disk - cur_track: Integer; // Current track position - cur_frame: Integer; // Current frame offset within current track - track: array[0..SDL_MAX_TRACKS] of TSDL_CDTrack; - end; - - //SDL_joystick.h types - PTransAxis = ^TTransAxis; - TTransAxis = record - offset: Integer; - scale: single; - end; - - // The private structure used to keep track of a joystick - PJoystick_hwdata = ^TJoystick_hwdata; - TJoystick_hwdata = record - // joystick ID - id: Integer; - // values used to translate device-specific coordinates into SDL-standard ranges - transaxis: array[0..5] of TTransAxis; - end; - - PBallDelta = ^TBallDelta; - TBallDelta = record - dx: Integer; - dy: Integer; - end; // Current ball motion deltas - - // The SDL joystick structure - PSDL_Joystick = ^TSDL_Joystick; - TSDL_Joystick = record - index: UInt8; // Device index - name: PChar; // Joystick name - system dependent - - naxes: Integer; // Number of axis controls on the joystick - axes: PUInt16; // Current axis states - - nhats: Integer; // Number of hats on the joystick - hats: PUInt8; // Current hat states - - nballs: Integer; // Number of trackballs on the joystick - balls: PBallDelta; // Current ball motion deltas - - nbuttons: Integer; // Number of buttons on the joystick - buttons: PUInt8; // Current button states - - hwdata: PJoystick_hwdata; // Driver dependent information - - ref_count: Integer; // Reference count for multiple opens - end; - - // SDL_verion.h types - PSDL_version = ^TSDL_version; - TSDL_version = record - major: UInt8; - minor: UInt8; - patch: UInt8; - end; - - // SDL_keyboard.h types - TSDLKey = LongWord; - - TSDLMod = LongWord; - - PSDL_KeySym = ^TSDL_KeySym; - TSDL_KeySym = record - scancode: UInt8; // hardware specific scancode - sym: TSDLKey; // SDL virtual keysym - modifier: TSDLMod; // current key modifiers - unicode: UInt16; // translated character - end; - - // SDL_events.h types - {Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them. - If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to - the back of the event queue. - If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front - of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not - be removed from the queue. - If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front - of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be - removed from the queue. - This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1 - if there was an error. This function is thread-safe. } - - TSDL_EventAction = (SDL_ADDEVENT, SDL_PEEKEVENT, SDL_GETEVENT); - - // Application visibility event structure - TSDL_ActiveEvent = record - type_: UInt8; // SDL_ACTIVEEVENT - gain: UInt8; // Whether given states were gained or lost (1/0) - state: UInt8; // A mask of the focus states - end; - - // Keyboard event structure - TSDL_KeyboardEvent = record - type_: UInt8; // SDL_KEYDOWN or SDL_KEYUP - which: UInt8; // The keyboard device index - state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED - keysym: TSDL_KeySym; - end; - - // Mouse motion event structure - TSDL_MouseMotionEvent = record - type_: UInt8; // SDL_MOUSEMOTION - which: UInt8; // The mouse device index - state: UInt8; // The current button state - x, y: UInt16; // The X/Y coordinates of the mouse - xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction - yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction - end; - - // Mouse button event structure - TSDL_MouseButtonEvent = record - type_: UInt8; // SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP - which: UInt8; // The mouse device index - button: UInt8; // The mouse button index - state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED - x: UInt16; // The X coordinates of the mouse at press time - y: UInt16; // The Y coordinates of the mouse at press time - end; - - // Joystick axis motion event structure - TSDL_JoyAxisEvent = record - type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAXISMOTION - which: UInt8; // The joystick device index - axis: UInt8; // The joystick axis index - value: SInt16; // The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) - end; - - // Joystick trackball motion event structure - TSDL_JoyBallEvent = record - type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAVBALLMOTION - which: UInt8; // The joystick device index - ball: UInt8; // The joystick trackball index - xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction - yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction - end; - - // Joystick hat position change event structure - TSDL_JoyHatEvent = record - type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYHATMOTION */ - which: UInt8; // The joystick device index */ - hat: UInt8; // The joystick hat index */ - value: UInt8; { The hat position value: - 8 1 2 - 7 0 3 - 6 5 4 - - Note that zero means the POV is centered. } - - end; - - // Joystick button event structure - TSDL_JoyButtonEvent = record - type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or SDL_JOYBUTTONUP - which: UInt8; // The joystick device index - button: UInt8; // The joystick button index - state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED - end; - - { The "window resized" event - When you get this event, you are responsible for setting a new video - mode with the new width and height. } - TSDL_ResizeEvent = record - type_: UInt8; // SDL_VIDEORESIZE - w: Integer; // New width - h: Integer; // New height - end; - - // The "quit requested" event - PSDL_QuitEvent = ^TSDL_QuitEvent; - TSDL_QuitEvent = record - type_: UInt8; - end; - - // A user-defined event type - PSDL_UserEvent = ^TSDL_UserEvent; - TSDL_UserEvent = record - type_: UInt8; // SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_NUMEVENTS-1 - code: Integer; // User defined event code */ - data1: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */ - data2: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */ - end; - - // The "screen redraw" event - PSDL_ExposeEvent = ^TSDL_ExposeEvent; - TSDL_ExposeEvent = record - type_ : Uint8; // SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE - end; - - {$IFDEF Unix} - //These are the various supported subsystems under UNIX - TSDL_SysWm = ( SDL_SYSWM_X11 ) ; - {$ENDIF} - -// The windows custom event structure -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} - PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg; - TSDL_SysWMmsg = record - version: TSDL_version; - h_wnd: HWND; // The window for the message - msg: UInt; // The type of message - w_Param: WPARAM; // WORD message parameter - lParam: LPARAM; // LONG message parameter - end; -{$ELSE} - -{$IFDEF Unix} -{ The Linux custom event structure } - PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg; - TSDL_SysWMmsg = record - version : TSDL_version; - subsystem : TSDL_SysWm; - {$IFDEF FPC} - {$IFNDEF GP2X} - {$IFNDEF DARWIN} - {$IFNDEF SKYOS} - event : TXEvent; - {$ENDIF} - {$ENDIF} - {$ENDIF} - {$ELSE} - event : XEvent; - {$ENDIF} - end; -{$ELSE} -{ The generic custom event structure } - PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg; - TSDL_SysWMmsg = record - version: TSDL_version; - data: Integer; - end; -{$ENDIF} - -{$ENDIF} - -// The Windows custom window manager information structure -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} - PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo; - TSDL_SysWMinfo = record - version : TSDL_version; - window : HWnd; // The display window - end; -{$ELSE} - -// The Linux custom window manager information structure -{$IFDEF Unix} - {$IFNDEF GP2X} - {$IFNDEF DARWIN} - {$IFNDEF SKYOS} - TX11 = record - display : PDisplay; // The X11 display - window : TWindow ; // The X11 display window */ - {* These locking functions should be called around - any X11 functions using the display variable. - They lock the event thread, so should not be - called around event functions or from event filters. - *} - lock_func : Pointer; - unlock_func : Pointer; - - // Introduced in SDL 1.0.2 - fswindow : TWindow ; // The X11 fullscreen window */ - wmwindow : TWindow ; // The X11 managed input window */ - end; - {$ENDIF} - {$ENDIF} - {$ENDIF} - - PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo; - TSDL_SysWMinfo = record - version : TSDL_version ; - subsystem : TSDL_SysWm; - {$IFNDEF GP2X} - {$IFNDEF DARWIN} - {$IFNDEF SKYOS} - X11 : TX11; - {$ENDIF} - {$ENDIF} - {$ENDIF} - end; -{$ELSE} - // The generic custom window manager information structure - PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo; - TSDL_SysWMinfo = record - version : TSDL_version ; - data : integer; - end; -{$ENDIF} - -{$ENDIF} - - PSDL_SysWMEvent = ^TSDL_SysWMEvent; - TSDL_SysWMEvent = record - type_: UInt8; - msg: PSDL_SysWMmsg; - end; - - PSDL_Event = ^TSDL_Event; - TSDL_Event = record - case UInt8 of - SDL_NOEVENT: (type_: byte); - SDL_ACTIVEEVENT: (active: TSDL_ActiveEvent); - SDL_KEYDOWN, SDL_KEYUP: (key: TSDL_KeyboardEvent); - SDL_MOUSEMOTION: (motion: TSDL_MouseMotionEvent); - SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP: (button: TSDL_MouseButtonEvent ); - SDL_JOYAXISMOTION: (jaxis: TSDL_JoyAxisEvent ); - SDL_JOYBALLMOTION: (jball: TSDL_JoyBallEvent ); - SDL_JOYHATMOTION: (jhat: TSDL_JoyHatEvent ); - SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, SDL_JOYBUTTONUP: (jbutton: TSDL_JoyButtonEvent ); - SDL_VIDEORESIZE: (resize: TSDL_ResizeEvent ); - SDL_QUITEV: (quit: TSDL_QuitEvent ); - SDL_USEREVENT : ( user : TSDL_UserEvent ); - SDL_SYSWMEVENT: (syswm: TSDL_SysWMEvent ); - end; - - -{ This function sets up a filter to process all events before they - change internal state and are posted to the internal event queue. - - The filter is protypted as: } - {$IFNDEF __GPC__} - TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer; cdecl; - {$ELSE} - TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer; - {$ENDIF} - - // SDL_video.h types - // Useful data types - PPSDL_Rect = ^PSDL_Rect; - PSDL_Rect = ^TSDL_Rect; - TSDL_Rect = record - x, y: SInt16; - w, h: UInt16; - end; - - SDL_Rect = TSDL_Rect; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Rect} - - PSDL_Color = ^TSDL_Color; - TSDL_Color = record - r: UInt8; - g: UInt8; - b: UInt8; - unused: UInt8; - end; - - PSDL_ColorArray = ^TSDL_ColorArray; - TSDL_ColorArray = array[0..65000] of TSDL_Color; - - PSDL_Palette = ^TSDL_Palette; - TSDL_Palette = record - ncolors: Integer; - colors: PSDL_ColorArray; - end; - - // Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only - PSDL_PixelFormat = ^TSDL_PixelFormat; - TSDL_PixelFormat = record - palette: PSDL_Palette; - BitsPerPixel: UInt8; - BytesPerPixel: UInt8; - Rloss: UInt8; - Gloss: UInt8; - Bloss: UInt8; - Aloss: UInt8; - Rshift: UInt8; - Gshift: UInt8; - Bshift: UInt8; - Ashift: UInt8; - RMask: UInt32; - GMask: UInt32; - BMask: UInt32; - AMask: UInt32; - colorkey: UInt32; // RGB color key information - alpha: UInt8; // Alpha value information (per-surface alpha) - end; - -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} - {PPrivate_hwdata = ^TPrivate_hwdata; - TPrivate_hwdata = record - dd_surface : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3; - dd_writebuf : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3; - end;} - {ELSE} -{$ENDIF} - - // The structure passed to the low level blit functions - PSDL_BlitInfo = ^TSDL_BlitInfo; - TSDL_BlitInfo = record - s_pixels: PUInt8; - s_width: Integer; - s_height: Integer; - s_skip: Integer; - d_pixels: PUInt8; - d_width: Integer; - d_height: Integer; - d_skip: Integer; - aux_data: Pointer; - src: PSDL_PixelFormat; - table: PUInt8; - dst: PSDL_PixelFormat; - end; - - // typedef for private surface blitting functions - PSDL_Surface = ^TSDL_Surface; - - {$IFNDEF __GPC__} - TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer; cdecl; - {$ELSE} - TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer; - {$ENDIF} - - // The type definition for the low level blit functions - //TSDL_LoBlit = procedure( info : PSDL_BlitInfo ); cdecl; - - // This is the private info structure for software accelerated blits - {PPrivate_swaccel = ^TPrivate_swaccel; - TPrivate_swaccel = record - blit : TSDL_LoBlit; - aux_data : Pointer; - end;} - - // Blit mapping definition - {PSDL_BlitMap = ^TSDL_BlitMap; - TSDL_BlitMap = record - dst : PSDL_Surface; - identity : Integer; - table : PUInt8; - hw_blit : TSDL_Blit; - sw_blit : TSDL_Blit; - hw_data : PPrivate_hwaccel; - sw_data : PPrivate_swaccel; - - // the version count matches the destination; mismatch indicates an invalid mapping - format_version : Cardinal; - end;} - - TSDL_Surface = record - flags: UInt32; // Read-only - format: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Read-only - w, h: Integer; // Read-only - pitch: UInt16; // Read-only - pixels: Pointer; // Read-write - offset: Integer; // Private - hwdata: Pointer; //TPrivate_hwdata; Hardware-specific surface info - - // clipping information: - clip_rect: TSDL_Rect; // Read-only - unused1: UInt32; // for binary compatibility - // Allow recursive locks - locked: UInt32; // Private - // info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces - Blitmap: Pointer; // PSDL_BlitMap; // Private - // format version, bumped at every change to invalidate blit maps - format_version: Cardinal; // Private - refcount: Integer; - end; - - // Useful for determining the video hardware capabilities - PSDL_VideoInfo = ^TSDL_VideoInfo; - TSDL_VideoInfo = record - hw_available: UInt8; // Hardware and WindowManager flags in first 2 bits ( see below ) - {hw_available: 1; // Can you create hardware surfaces - wm_available: 1; // Can you talk to a window manager? - UnusedBits1: 6;} - blit_hw: UInt8; // Blit Hardware flags. See below for which bits do what - {UnusedBits2: 1; - blit_hw: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits HW --> HW - blit_hw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Colorkey - blit_hw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Alpha - blit_sw: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits SW --> HW - blit_sw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Colorkey - blit_sw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated blits with Alpha - blit_fill: 1; // Flag:UInt32 Accelerated color fill} - UnusedBits3: UInt8; // Unused at this point - video_mem: UInt32; // The total amount of video memory (in K) - vfmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Value: The format of the video surface - current_w : SInt32; // Value: The current video mode width - current_h : SInt32; // Value: The current video mode height - end; - - // The YUV hardware video overlay - PSDL_Overlay = ^TSDL_Overlay; - TSDL_Overlay = record - format: UInt32; // Overlay format - w, h: Integer; // Width and height of overlay - planes: Integer; // Number of planes in the overlay. Usually either 1 or 3 - pitches: PUInt16; - // An array of pitches, one for each plane. Pitch is the length of a row in bytes. - pixels: PPUInt8; - // An array of pointers to the data of each plane. The overlay should be locked before these pointers are used. - hw_overlay: UInt32; - // This will be set to 1 if the overlay is hardware accelerated. - end; - - // Public enumeration for setting the OpenGL window attributes. - TSDL_GLAttr = ( - SDL_GL_RED_SIZE, - SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE, - SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE, - SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE, - SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE, - SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, - SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE, - SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE, - SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE, - SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE, - SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE, - SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE, - SDL_GL_STEREO, - SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS, - SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES, - SDL_GL_ACCELERATED_VISUAL, - SDL_GL_SWAP_CONTROL); - - - - PSDL_Cursor = ^TSDL_Cursor; - TSDL_Cursor = record - area: TSDL_Rect; // The area of the mouse cursor - hot_x, hot_y: SInt16; // The "tip" of the cursor - data: PUInt8; // B/W cursor data - mask: PUInt8; // B/W cursor mask - save: array[1..2] of PUInt8; // Place to save cursor area - wm_cursor: Pointer; // Window-manager cursor - end; - -// SDL_mutex.h types - -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} - PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex; - TSDL_Mutex = record - id: THANDLE; - end; -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF Unix} - PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex; - TSDL_mutex = record - id: pthread_mutex_t; -{$IFDEF PTHREAD_NO_RECURSIVE_MUTEX} - recursive: Integer; - owner: pthread_t; -{$ENDIF} - end; -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF NDS} - PSDL_mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex; - TSDL_Mutex = record - recursive: Integer; - Owner: UInt32; - sem: PSDL_sem; - end; -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF __MACH__} - {$define USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES} - // Broken sem_getvalue() in MacOS X Public Beta */ - {$define BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE} -{$ENDIF} - -PSDL_semaphore = ^TSDL_semaphore; -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} - // WINDOWS or Machintosh - TSDL_semaphore = record - id: THANDLE; - count: UInt32; - end; -{$ELSE} - {$IFDEF FPC} - // This should be semaphore.h - __sem_lock_t = {packed} record { Not in header file - anonymous } - status: Longint; - spinlock: Integer; - end; - - sem_t = {packed} record - __sem_lock: __sem_lock_t; - __sem_value: Integer; - __sem_waiting: longint ; {_pthread_queue;} - end; - {$ENDIF} - - TSDL_semaphore = record - sem: Pointer; //PSem_t; - {$IFNDEF USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES} - sem_data: Sem_t; - {$ENDIF} - - {$IFDEF BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE} - { This is a little hack for MacOS X - - It's not thread-safe, but it's better than nothing } - sem_value: Integer; - {$ENDIF} - end; -{$ENDIF} - - PSDL_Sem = ^TSDL_Sem; - TSDL_Sem = TSDL_Semaphore; - - PSDL_Cond = ^TSDL_Cond; - TSDL_Cond = record -{$IFDEF Unix} - cond: pthread_cond_t; -{$ELSE} - // Generic Cond structure - lock: PSDL_mutex; - waiting: Integer; - signals: Integer; - wait_sem: PSDL_Sem; - wait_done: PSDL_Sem; -{$ENDIF} - end; - - // SDL_thread.h types -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} - TSYS_ThreadHandle = THandle; -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF Unix} - TSYS_ThreadHandle = pthread_t; -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF NDS} - TSYS_ThreadHandle = Integer; -{$ENDIF} - - { This is the system-independent thread info structure } - PSDL_Thread = ^TSDL_Thread; - TSDL_Thread = record - threadid: UInt32; - handle: TSYS_ThreadHandle; - status: Integer; - errbuf: TSDL_Error; - data: Pointer; - end; - - // Helper Types - - // Keyboard State Array ( See demos for how to use ) - PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr; - TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8; - - // Types required so we don't need to use Windows.pas - PInteger = ^Integer; - PByte = ^Byte; - PWord = ^Word; - PLongWord = ^Longword; - - // General arrays - PByteArray = ^TByteArray; - TByteArray = array[0..32767] of Byte; - - PWordArray = ^TWordArray; - TWordArray = array[0..16383] of Word; - - PPoint = ^TPoint; - {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES} - TPoint = Types.TPoint; - {$ELSE} - {$IFDEF WINDOWS} - {$IFDEF __GPC__} - TPoint = wintypes.TPoint; - {$ELSE} - TPoint = Windows.TPoint; - {$ENDIF} - {$ELSE} - //Can't define TPoint : neither Types nor Windows unit available. - {$ENDIF} - {$ENDIF} - - PRect = ^TRect; - {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES} - TRect = Types.TRect; - {$ELSE} - {$IFDEF WINDOWS} - {$IFDEF __GPC__} - TRect = wintypes.TRect; - {$ELSE} - TRect = Windows.TRect; - {$ENDIF} - {$ELSE} - //Can't define TRect: neither Types nor Windows unit available. - {$ENDIF} - {$ENDIF} - - { Generic procedure pointer } - TProcedure = procedure; - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ initialization } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ This function loads the SDL dynamically linked library and initializes - the subsystems specified by 'flags' (and those satisfying dependencies) - Unless the SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE flag is set, it will install cleanup - signal handlers for some commonly ignored fatal signals (like SIGSEGV) } - -function SDL_Init( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Init} - -// This function initializes specific SDL subsystems -function SDL_InitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitSubSystem} - -// This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems -procedure SDL_QuitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 ); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_QuitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QuitSubSystem} - -{ This function returns mask of the specified subsystems which have - been initialized. - If 'flags' is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems. } - -function SDL_WasInit( flags : UInt32 ): UInt32; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WasInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WasInit} - -{ This function cleans up all initialized subsystems and unloads the - dynamically linked library. You should call it upon all exit conditions. } -procedure SDL_Quit; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Quit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Quit} - -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} -// This should be called from your WinMain() function, if any -function SDL_RegisterApp(name: PChar; style: UInt32; h_Inst: Pointer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RegisterApp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RegisterApp} -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF __MACH__} -// This should be called from your main() function, if any -procedure SDL_InitQuickDraw( the_qd: QDGlobals ); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitQuickDraw'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitQuickDraw} -{$ENDIF} - - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ types } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -// The number of elements in a table -function SDL_TableSize( table: PChar ): Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TABLESIZE} - - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ error-handling } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -// Public functions -function SDL_GetError: PChar; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetError} -procedure SDL_SetError(fmt: PChar); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetError} -procedure SDL_ClearError; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ClearError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ClearError} - -{$IFNDEF WINDOWS} -procedure SDL_Error(Code: TSDL_errorcode); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Error'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Error} -{$ENDIF} - -// Private error message function - used internally -procedure SDL_OutOfMemory; - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ io handling } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -// Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data sources - -function SDL_RWFromFile(filename, mode: PChar): PSDL_RWops; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFile'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFile} -procedure SDL_FreeRW(area: PSDL_RWops); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeRW} - -//fp is FILE *fp ??? -function SDL_RWFromFP(fp: Pointer; autoclose: Integer): PSDL_RWops; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFP} -function SDL_RWFromMem(mem: Pointer; size: Integer): PSDL_RWops; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromMem} -function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromConstMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromConstMem} -function SDL_AllocRW: PSDL_RWops; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AllocRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocRW} - -function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWSeek} -function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWTell} -function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWRead} -function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWWrite} -function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWClose} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ time-handling } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization. } -{ Note that this value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days. } -function SDL_GetTicks: UInt32; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetTicks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetTicks} - -// Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning -procedure SDL_Delay(msec: UInt32); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Delay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Delay} - -{ Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running. } -{ Returns a timer ID, or NULL when an error occurs. } -function SDL_AddTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback; param : Pointer): PSDL_TimerID; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AddTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AddTimer} - -{ Remove one of the multiple timers knowing its ID. } -{ Returns a boolean value indicating success. } -function SDL_RemoveTimer(t: PSDL_TimerID): TSDL_Bool; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RemoveTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RemoveTimer} - -function SDL_SetTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_TimerCallback): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetTimer} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ audio-routines } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you - have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to use. - You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(). } - -function SDL_AudioInit(driver_name: PChar): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioInit} -procedure SDL_AudioQuit; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioQuit} - -{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the - current audio driver, and returns a Pointer to it if the audio driver has - been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. } - -function SDL_AudioDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioDriverName} - -{ This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and - returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the - structure pointed to by 'obtained'. If 'obtained' is NULL, the audio - data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the - requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware - audio format if necessary. This function returns -1 if it failed - to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread. - - When filling in the desired audio spec structure, - 'desired->freq' should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-second. - 'desired->format' should be the desired audio format. - 'desired->samples' is the desired size of the audio buffer, in samples. - This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by the audio - driver to a value more suitable for the hardware. Good values seem to - range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the application and - CPU speed. Smaller values yield faster response time, but can lead - to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing and cannot - fill the audio buffer in time. A stereo sample consists of both right - and left channels in LR ordering. - Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the - following formula: ms = (samples*1000)/freq - 'desired->size' is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is - calculated by SDL_OpenAudio(). - 'desired->silence' is the value used to set the buffer to silence, - and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio(). - 'desired->callback' should be set to a function that will be called - when the audio device is ready for more data. It is passed a pointer - to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer. - This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should - protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio() - and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code. - 'desired->userdata' is passed as the first parameter to your callback - function. - - The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should - be enabled for playing by calling SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready - for your audio callback function to be called. Since the audio driver - may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate - any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device. } - -function SDL_OpenAudio(desired, obtained: PSDL_AudioSpec): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_OpenAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OpenAudio} - -{ Get the current audio state: } -function SDL_GetAudioStatus: TSDL_Audiostatus; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAudioStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAudioStatus} - -{ This function pauses and unpauses the audio callback processing. - It should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio - device to start playing sound. This is so you can safely initialize - data for your callback function after opening the audio device. - Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause. } - -procedure SDL_PauseAudio(pause_on: Integer); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PauseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PauseAudio} - -{ This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing - that source if 'freesrc' is non-zero. For example, to load a WAVE file, - you could do: - SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...); - - If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec, - filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets - 'audio_buf' to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data, - and sets 'audio_len' to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes. - You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are - done with it. - - This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the - wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is - corrupt. Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported. } - -function SDL_LoadWAV_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer; spec: - PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadWAV_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV_RW} - -// Compatibility convenience function -- loads a WAV from a file -function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: - PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV} - -{ This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW() } - -procedure SDL_FreeWAV(audio_buf: PUInt8); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeWAV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeWAV} - -{ This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format - and rate, and initializes the 'cvt' structure with information needed - by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format - to the other. - This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. } -function SDL_BuildAudioCVT(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT; src_format: UInt16; - src_channels: UInt8; src_rate: Integer; dst_format: UInt16; dst_channels: UInt8; - dst_rate: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_BuildAudioCVT'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BuildAudioCVT} - -{ Once you have initialized the 'cvt' structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), - created an audio buffer cvt->buf, and filled it with cvt->len bytes of - audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place - to the desired format. - The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer - cvt->buf should be allocated after the cvt structure is initialized by - SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long. } -function SDL_ConvertAudio(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertAudio} - -{ This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes - them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping. - The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME - for full audio volume. Note this does not change hardware volume. - This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data. } - -procedure SDL_MixAudio(dst, src: PUInt8; len: UInt32; volume: Integer); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MixAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MixAudio} - -{ The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function. - During a LockAudio/UnlockAudio pair, you can be guaranteed that the - callback function is not running. Do not call these from the callback - function or you will cause deadlock. } -procedure SDL_LockAudio; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockAudio} -procedure SDL_UnlockAudio; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockAudio} - -{ This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device. } - -procedure SDL_CloseAudio; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CloseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CloseAudio} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ CD-routines } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ Returns the number of CD-ROM drives on the system, or -1 if - SDL_Init() has not been called with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag. } - -function SDL_CDNumDrives: Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDNumDrives'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDNumDrives} - -{ Returns a human-readable, system-dependent identifier for the CD-ROM. - Example: - "/dev/cdrom" - "E:" - "/dev/disk/ide/1/master" } - -function SDL_CDName(drive: Integer): PChar; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDName} - -{ Opens a CD-ROM drive for access. It returns a drive handle on success, - or NULL if the drive was invalid or busy. This newly opened CD-ROM - becomes the default CD used when other CD functions are passed a NULL - CD-ROM handle. - Drives are numbered starting with 0. Drive 0 is the system default CD-ROM. } - -function SDL_CDOpen(drive: Integer): PSDL_CD; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDOpen} - -{ This function returns the current status of the given drive. - If the drive has a CD in it, the table of contents of the CD and current - play position of the CD will be stored in the SDL_CD structure. } - -function SDL_CDStatus(cdrom: PSDL_CD): TSDL_CDStatus; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStatus} - -{ Play the given CD starting at 'start_track' and 'start_frame' for 'ntracks' - tracks and 'nframes' frames. If both 'ntrack' and 'nframe' are 0, play - until the end of the CD. This function will skip data tracks. - This function should only be called after calling SDL_CDStatus() to - get track information about the CD. - - For example: - // Play entire CD: - if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then - SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 0, 0); - // Play last track: - if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then - begin - SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, cdrom->numtracks-1, 0, 0, 0); - end; - - // Play first and second track and 10 seconds of third track: - if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) - SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 2, 10); - - This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. } - -function SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start_track: Integer; start_frame: - Integer; ntracks: Integer; nframes: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlayTracks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlayTracks} - - -{ Play the given CD starting at 'start' frame for 'length' frames. - It returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. } - -function SDL_CDPlay(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start: Integer; length: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlay} - -// Pause play -- returns 0, or -1 on error -function SDL_CDPause(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPause'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPause} - -// Resume play -- returns 0, or -1 on error -function SDL_CDResume(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDResume'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDResume} - -// Stop play -- returns 0, or -1 on error -function SDL_CDStop(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStop'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStop} - -// Eject CD-ROM -- returns 0, or -1 on error -function SDL_CDEject(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDEject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDEject} - -// Closes the handle for the CD-ROM drive -procedure SDL_CDClose(cdrom: PSDL_CD); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDClose} - -// Given a status, returns true if there's a disk in the drive -function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ) : LongBool; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDInDrive} - -// Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa -procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var - F: Integer); -{$EXTERNALSYM FRAMES_TO_MSF} -function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM MSF_TO_FRAMES} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ JoyStick-routines } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ Count the number of joysticks attached to the system } -function SDL_NumJoysticks: Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_NumJoysticks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NumJoysticks} - -{ Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick. - This can be called before any joysticks are opened. - If no name can be found, this function returns NULL. } -function SDL_JoystickName(index: Integer): PChar; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickName} - -{ Open a joystick for use - the index passed as an argument refers to - the N'th joystick on the system. This index is the value which will - identify this joystick in future joystick events. - - This function returns a joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred. } -function SDL_JoystickOpen(index: Integer): PSDL_Joystick; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpen} - -{ Returns 1 if the joystick has been opened, or 0 if it has not. } -function SDL_JoystickOpened(index: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpened'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpened} - -{ Get the device index of an opened joystick. } -function SDL_JoystickIndex(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickIndex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickIndex} - -{ Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick } -function SDL_JoystickNumAxes(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumAxes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumAxes} - -{ Get the number of trackballs on a joystick - Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated - with them and their state cannot be polled. } -function SDL_JoystickNumBalls(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumBalls'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumBalls} - - -{ Get the number of POV hats on a joystick } -function SDL_JoystickNumHats(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumHats'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumHats} - -{ Get the number of buttons on a joystick } -function SDL_JoystickNumButtons(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumButtons'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumButtons} - -{ Update the current state of the open joysticks. - This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick - events are enabled. } - -procedure SDL_JoystickUpdate; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickUpdate'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickUpdate;} - -{ Enable/disable joystick event polling. - If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate() - yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick - information. - The state can be one of SDL_QUERY, SDL_ENABLE or SDL_IGNORE. } - -function SDL_JoystickEventState(state: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickEventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickEventState} - -{ Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick - The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767. - The axis indices start at index 0. } - -function SDL_JoystickGetAxis(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; axis: Integer) : SInt16; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetAxis'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetAxis} - -{ The hat indices start at index 0. } - -function SDL_JoystickGetHat(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; hat: Integer): UInt8; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetHat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetHat} - -{ Get the ball axis change since the last poll - This returns 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters. - The ball indices start at index 0. } - -function SDL_JoystickGetBall(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; ball: Integer; var dx: Integer; var dy: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetBall'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetBall} - -{ Get the current state of a button on a joystick - The button indices start at index 0. } -function SDL_JoystickGetButton( joystick: PSDL_Joystick; Button: Integer): UInt8; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetButton'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetButton} - -{ Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen() } -procedure SDL_JoystickClose(joystick: PSDL_Joystick); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickClose} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ event-handling } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices. - This function updates the event queue and internal input device state. - This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode. } - -procedure SDL_PumpEvents; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PumpEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PumpEvents;} - -{ Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them. - If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to - the back of the event queue. - If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front - of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not - be removed from the queue. - If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front - of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be - removed from the queue. - This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1 - if there was an error. This function is thread-safe. } - -function SDL_PeepEvents(events: PSDL_Event; numevents: Integer; action: TSDL_eventaction; mask: UInt32): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PeepEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PeepEvents} - -{ Polls for currently pending events, and returns 1 if there are any pending - events, or 0 if there are none available. If 'event' is not NULL, the next - event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. } - -function SDL_PollEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PollEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PollEvent} - -{ Waits indefinitely for the next available event, returning 1, or 0 if there - was an error while waiting for events. If 'event' is not NULL, the next - event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. } - -function SDL_WaitEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitEvent} - -function SDL_PushEvent( event : PSDL_Event ) : Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PushEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PushEvent} - -{ If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue. - If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the - internal state will still be updated. This allows selective filtering of - dynamically arriving events. - - WARNING: Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as - it may run in a different thread! - - There is one caveat when dealing with the SDL_QUITEVENT event type. The - event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the - application window. If the event filter returns 1, then the window will - be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible. - If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the - internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll. } -procedure SDL_SetEventFilter( filter : TSDL_EventFilter ); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetEventFilter} - -{ Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters. - If there is no event filter set, this function returns NULL. } - -function SDL_GetEventFilter: TSDL_EventFilter; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetEventFilter} - -{ This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events. - If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped - from the event queue and will not event be filtered. - If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally. - If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the - current processing state of the specified event. } - -function SDL_EventState(type_: UInt8; state: Integer): UInt8; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EventState} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ Version Routines } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time - version of the SDL library. } -procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version); -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION} - -{ This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value: - (1,2,3) -> (1203) - This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels } - -function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSIONNUM} - -// This is the version number macro for the current SDL version -function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_COMPILEDVERSION} - -// This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z -function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X: Integer; Y: Integer; Z: Integer) : LongBool; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST} - -{ This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL library. - it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should - use the SDL_Version() macro. } - -function SDL_Linked_Version: PSDL_version; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Linked_Version'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Linked_Version} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ video } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you - have a specific need to specify the video driver you want to use. - You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(). - - SDL_VideoInit() initializes the video subsystem -- sets up a connection - to the window manager, etc, and determines the current video mode and - pixel format, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode. - Note that event handling is activated by this routine. - - If you use both sound and video in your application, you need to call - SDL_Init() before opening the sound device, otherwise under Win32 DirectX, - you won't be able to set full-screen display modes. } - -function SDL_VideoInit(driver_name: PChar; flags: UInt32): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoInit} -procedure SDL_VideoQuit; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoQuit} - -{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the - video driver, and returns a pointer to it if the video driver has - been initialized. It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. } - -function SDL_VideoDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoDriverName} - -{ This function returns a pointer to the current display surface. - If SDL is doing format conversion on the display surface, this - function returns the publicly visible surface, not the real video - surface. } - -function SDL_GetVideoSurface: PSDL_Surface; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoSurface} - -{ This function returns a read-only pointer to information about the - video hardware. If this is called before SDL_SetVideoMode(), the 'vfmt' - member of the returned structure will contain the pixel format of the - "best" video mode. } -function SDL_GetVideoInfo: PSDL_VideoInfo; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoInfo} - -{ Check to see if a particular video mode is supported. - It returns 0 if the requested mode is not supported under any bit depth, - or returns the bits-per-pixel of the closest available mode with the - given width and height. If this bits-per-pixel is different from the - one used when setting the video mode, SDL_SetVideoMode() will succeed, - but will emulate the requested bits-per-pixel with a shadow surface. - - The arguments to SDL_VideoModeOK() are the same ones you would pass to - SDL_SetVideoMode() } - -function SDL_VideoModeOK(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoModeOK'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoModeOK} - -{ Return a pointer to an array of available screen dimensions for the - given format and video flags, sorted largest to smallest. Returns - NULL if there are no dimensions available for a particular format, - or (SDL_Rect **)-1 if any dimension is okay for the given format. - - if 'format' is NULL, the mode list will be for the format given - by SDL_GetVideoInfo( ) - > vfmt } - -function SDL_ListModes(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PPSDL_Rect; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ListModes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ListModes} - - -{ Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel. - - If 'bpp' is 0, it is treated as the current display bits per pixel. - - If SDL_ANYFORMAT is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set the - requested bits-per-pixel, but will return whatever video pixel format is - available. The default is to emulate the requested pixel format if it - is not natively available. - - If SDL_HWSURFACE is set in 'flags', the video surface will be placed in - video memory, if possible, and you may have to call SDL_LockSurface() - in order to access the raw framebuffer. Otherwise, the video surface - will be created in system memory. - - If SDL_ASYNCBLIT is set in 'flags', SDL will try to perform rectangle - updates asynchronously, but you must always lock before accessing pixels. - SDL will wait for updates to complete before returning from the lock. - - If SDL_HWPALETTE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will guarantee - that the colors set by SDL_SetColors() will be the colors you get. - Otherwise, in 8-bit mode, SDL_SetColors() may not be able to set all - of the colors exactly the way they are requested, and you should look - at the video surface structure to determine the actual palette. - If SDL cannot guarantee that the colors you request can be set, - i.e. if the colormap is shared, then the video surface may be created - under emulation in system memory, overriding the SDL_HWSURFACE flag. - - If SDL_FULLSCREEN is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set - a fullscreen video mode. The default is to create a windowed mode - if the current graphics system has a window manager. - If the SDL library is able to set a fullscreen video mode, this flag - will be set in the surface that is returned. - - If SDL_DOUBLEBUF is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set up - two surfaces in video memory and swap between them when you call - SDL_Flip(). This is usually slower than the normal single-buffering - scheme, but prevents "tearing" artifacts caused by modifying video - memory while the monitor is refreshing. It should only be used by - applications that redraw the entire screen on every update. - - This function returns the video framebuffer surface, or NULL if it fails. } - -function SDL_SetVideoMode(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetVideoMode'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetVideoMode} - - -{ Makes sure the given list of rectangles is updated on the given screen. - If 'x', 'y', 'w' and 'h' are all 0, SDL_UpdateRect will update the entire - screen. - These functions should not be called while 'screen' is locked. } - -procedure SDL_UpdateRects(screen: PSDL_Surface; numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRects} -procedure SDL_UpdateRect(screen: PSDL_Surface; x, y: SInt32; w, h: UInt32); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRect} - - -{ On hardware that supports double-buffering, this function sets up a flip - and returns. The hardware will wait for vertical retrace, and then swap - video buffers before the next video surface blit or lock will return. - On hardware that doesn not support double-buffering, this is equivalent - to calling SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, 0, 0); - The SDL_DOUBLEBUF flag must have been passed to SDL_SetVideoMode() when - setting the video mode for this function to perform hardware flipping. - This function returns 0 if successful, or -1 if there was an error.} - -function SDL_Flip(screen: PSDL_Surface): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Flip'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Flip} - -{ Set the gamma correction for each of the color channels. - The gamma values range (approximately) between 0.1 and 10.0 - - If this function isn't supported directly by the hardware, it will - be emulated using gamma ramps, if available. If successful, this - function returns 0, otherwise it returns -1. } - -function SDL_SetGamma(redgamma: single; greengamma: single; bluegamma: single ): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGamma'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGamma} - -{ Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels - of the video hardware. Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities, - representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel. - The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit - gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision. - - You may pass NULL for any of the channels to leave it unchanged. - If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or - hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails, - this function will return -1. } - -function SDL_SetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGammaRamp} - -{ Retrieve the current values of the gamma translation tables. - - You must pass in valid pointers to arrays of 256 16-bit quantities. - Any of the pointers may be NULL to ignore that channel. - If the call succeeds, it will return 0. If the display driver or - hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails, - this function will return -1. } - -function SDL_GetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetGammaRamp} - -{ Sets a portion of the colormap for the given 8-bit surface. If 'surface' - is not a palettized surface, this function does nothing, returning 0. - If all of the colors were set as passed to SDL_SetColors(), it will - return 1. If not all the color entries were set exactly as given, - it will return 0, and you should look at the surface palette to - determine the actual color palette. - - When 'surface' is the surface associated with the current display, the - display colormap will be updated with the requested colors. If - SDL_HWPALETTE was set in SDL_SetVideoMode() flags, SDL_SetColors() - will always return 1, and the palette is guaranteed to be set the way - you desire, even if the window colormap has to be warped or run under - emulation. } - - -function SDL_SetColors(surface: PSDL_Surface; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor : Integer; ncolors: Integer) : Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColors'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColors} - -{ Sets a portion of the colormap for a given 8-bit surface. - 'flags' is one or both of: - SDL_LOGPAL -- set logical palette, which controls how blits are mapped - to/from the surface, - SDL_PHYSPAL -- set physical palette, which controls how pixels look on - the screen - Only screens have physical palettes. Separate change of physical/logical - palettes is only possible if the screen has SDL_HWPALETTE set. - - The return value is 1 if all colours could be set as requested, and 0 - otherwise. - - SDL_SetColors() is equivalent to calling this function with - flags = (SDL_LOGPAL or SDL_PHYSPAL). } - -function SDL_SetPalette(surface: PSDL_Surface; flags: Integer; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor: Integer; ncolors: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetPalette'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetPalette} - -{ Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format } -function SDL_MapRGB(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8) : UInt32; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGB} - -{ Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format } -function SDL_MapRGBA(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8; a: UInt8): UInt32; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGBA} - -{ Maps a pixel value into the RGB components for a given pixel format } -procedure SDL_GetRGB(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGB} - -{ Maps a pixel value into the RGBA components for a given pixel format } -procedure SDL_GetRGBA(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8; a: PUInt8); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGBA} - -{ Allocate and free an RGB surface (must be called after SDL_SetVideoMode) - If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface. - If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the - flags '[RGB]mask'. - If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL. - - The 'flags' tell what kind of surface to create. - SDL_SWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in system memory. - SDL_HWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in video memory, - with the same format as the display surface. This is useful for surfaces - that will not change much, to take advantage of hardware acceleration - when being blitted to the display surface. - SDL_ASYNCBLIT means that SDL will try to perform asynchronous blits with - this surface, but you must always lock it before accessing the pixels. - SDL will wait for current blits to finish before returning from the lock. - SDL_SRCCOLORKEY indicates that the surface will be used for colorkey blits. - If the hardware supports acceleration of colorkey blits between - two surfaces in video memory, SDL will try to place the surface in - video memory. If this isn't possible or if there is no hardware - acceleration available, the surface will be placed in system memory. - SDL_SRCALPHA means that the surface will be used for alpha blits and - if the hardware supports hardware acceleration of alpha blits between - two surfaces in video memory, to place the surface in video memory - if possible, otherwise it will be placed in system memory. - If the surface is created in video memory, blits will be _much_ faster, - but the surface format must be identical to the video surface format, - and the only way to access the pixels member of the surface is to use - the SDL_LockSurface() and SDL_UnlockSurface() calls. - If the requested surface actually resides in video memory, SDL_HWSURFACE - will be set in the flags member of the returned surface. If for some - reason the surface could not be placed in video memory, it will not have - the SDL_HWSURFACE flag set, and will be created in system memory instead. } - -function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer; - RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocSurface} - -function SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurface} - -function SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(pixels: Pointer; width, height, depth, pitch - : Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom} - -procedure SDL_FreeSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeSurface} - -function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MustLock} -{ SDL_LockSurface() sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels. - Between calls to SDL_LockSurface()/SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write - to and read from 'surface->pixels', using the pixel format stored in - 'surface->format'. Once you are done accessing the surface, you should - use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it. - - Not all surfaces require locking. If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates - to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the - pixel format of the surface will not change. In particular, if the - SDL_HWSURFACE flag is not given when calling SDL_SetVideoMode(), you - will not need to lock the display surface before accessing it. - - No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock - pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time. - - SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked. } -function SDL_LockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockSurface} - -procedure SDL_UnlockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockSurface} - -{ Load a surface from a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.) - If 'freesrc' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being read. - Returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error. - The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface(). } -function SDL_LoadBMP_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer): PSDL_Surface; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP_RW} - -// Convenience macro -- load a surface from a file -function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP} - -{ Save a surface to a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.) - If 'freedst' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being written. - Returns 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error. } - -function SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface: PSDL_Surface; dst: PSDL_RWops; freedst: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SaveBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP_RW} - -// Convenience macro -- save a surface to a file -function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP} - -{ Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface. - If 'flag' is SDL_SRCCOLORKEY (optionally OR'd with SDL_RLEACCEL), - 'key' will be the transparent pixel in the source image of a blit. - SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the surface if present, - and removes RLE acceleration if absent. - If 'flag' is 0, this function clears any current color key. - This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. } - -function SDL_SetColorKey(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag, key: UInt32) : Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColorKey'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColorKey} - -{ This function sets the alpha value for the entire surface, as opposed to - using the alpha component of each pixel. This value measures the range - of transparency of the surface, 0 being completely transparent to 255 - being completely opaque. An 'alpha' value of 255 causes blits to be - opaque, the source pixels copied to the destination (the default). Note - that per-surface alpha can be combined with colorkey transparency. - - If 'flag' is 0, alpha blending is disabled for the surface. - If 'flag' is SDL_SRCALPHA, alpha blending is enabled for the surface. - OR:ing the flag with SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the - surface; if SDL_RLEACCEL is not specified, the RLE accel will be removed. } - - -function SDL_SetAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag: UInt32; alpha: UInt8): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetAlpha} - -{ Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit. - - If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled. - If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will - return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped. Otherwise the - function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to - the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle. - - Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source - and destination surfaces. } -procedure SDL_SetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl; -external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetClipRect} - -{ Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit. - 'rect' must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled - with the correct values. } -procedure SDL_GetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl; -external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetClipRect} - -{ Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps - the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as - fast as possible. If this function fails, it returns NULL. - - The 'flags' parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those - semantics. You can also pass SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and - SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting - surface. - - This function is used internally by SDL_DisplayFormat(). } - -function SDL_ConvertSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertSurface} - -{ - This performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination - surface. It assumes that the source and destination rectangles are - the same size. If either 'srcrect' or 'dstrect' are NULL, the entire - surface (src or dst) is copied. The final blit rectangles are saved - in 'srcrect' and 'dstrect' after all clipping is performed. - If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1. - - The blit function should not be called on a locked surface. - - The blit semantics for surfaces with and without alpha and colorkey - are defined as follows: - - RGBA->RGB: - SDL_SRCALPHA set: - alpha-blend (using alpha-channel). - SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored. - SDL_SRCALPHA not set: - copy RGB. - if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the - RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the - comparison. - - RGB->RGBA: - SDL_SRCALPHA set: - alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value); - set destination alpha to opaque. - SDL_SRCALPHA not set: - copy RGB, set destination alpha to opaque. - both: - if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the - source colour key. - - RGBA->RGBA: - SDL_SRCALPHA set: - alpha-blend (using the source alpha channel) the RGB values; - leave destination alpha untouched. [Note: is this correct?] - SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored. - SDL_SRCALPHA not set: - copy all of RGBA to the destination. - if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the - RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the - comparison. - - RGB->RGB: - SDL_SRCALPHA set: - alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value). - SDL_SRCALPHA not set: - copy RGB. - both: - if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the - source colour key. - - If either of the surfaces were in video memory, and the blit returns -2, - the video memory was lost, so it should be reloaded with artwork and - re-blitted: - while ( SDL_BlitSurface(image, imgrect, screen, dstrect) = -2 ) do - begin - while ( SDL_LockSurface(image) < 0 ) do - Sleep(10); - -- Write image pixels to image->pixels -- - SDL_UnlockSurface(image); - end; - - This happens under DirectX 5.0 when the system switches away from your - fullscreen application. The lock will also fail until you have access - to the video memory again. } - -{ You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL - blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions. } - -function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BlitSurface} - -{ This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs - rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit() } -function SDL_UpperBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpperBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpperBlit} - -{ This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface - blitting only. } -function SDL_LowerBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LowerBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LowerBlit} - -{ This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with 'color' - The given rectangle is clipped to the destination surface clip area - and the final fill rectangle is saved in the passed in pointer. - If 'dstrect' is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with 'color' - The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and - can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function. - This function returns 0 on success, or -1 on error. } - -function SDL_FillRect(dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect; color: UInt32) : Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FillRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FillRect} - -{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the - pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer, suitable for fast - blitting onto the display surface. It calls SDL_ConvertSurface() - - If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit - acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before - calling this function. - - If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL } - -function SDL_DisplayFormat(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl; -external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormat} - -{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the - pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer (if possible), - suitable for fast alpha blitting onto the display surface. - The new surface will always have an alpha channel. - - If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit - acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before - calling this function. - - If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL } - - -function SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl; -external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha} - -//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */ -//* YUV video surface overlay functions */ -//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */ - -{ This function creates a video output overlay - Calling the returned surface an overlay is something of a misnomer because - the contents of the display surface underneath the area where the overlay - is shown is undefined - it may be overwritten with the converted YUV data. } - -function SDL_CreateYUVOverlay(width: Integer; height: Integer; format: UInt32; display: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Overlay; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateYUVOverlay} - -// Lock an overlay for direct access, and unlock it when you are done -function SDL_LockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockYUVOverlay} - -procedure SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay); cdecl; -external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay} - - -{ Blit a video overlay to the display surface. - The contents of the video surface underneath the blit destination are - not defined. - The width and height of the destination rectangle may be different from - that of the overlay, but currently only 2x scaling is supported. } - -function SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay; dstrect: PSDL_Rect) : Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay} - -// Free a video overlay -procedure SDL_FreeYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeYUVOverlay} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ OpenGL Routines } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ Dynamically load a GL driver, if SDL is built with dynamic GL. - - SDL links normally with the OpenGL library on your system by default, - but you can compile it to dynamically load the GL driver at runtime. - If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in - your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(). - - This is disabled in default builds of SDL. } - - -function SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(filename: PChar): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_LoadLibrary'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_LoadLibrary} - -{ Get the address of a GL function (for extension functions) } -function SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(procname: PChar) : Pointer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetProcAddress'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetProcAddress} - -{ Set an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem before intialization. } -function SDL_GL_SetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; value: Integer) : Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SetAttribute} - -{ Get an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem from the windowing - interface, such as glX. This is of course different from getting - the values from SDL's internal OpenGL subsystem, which only - stores the values you request before initialization. - - Developers should track the values they pass into SDL_GL_SetAttribute - themselves if they want to retrieve these values. } - -function SDL_GL_GetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; var value: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetAttribute} - -{ Swap the OpenGL buffers, if double-buffering is supported. } - -procedure SDL_GL_SwapBuffers; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SwapBuffers'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;} - -{ Internal functions that should not be called unless you have read - and understood the source code for these functions. } - -procedure SDL_GL_UpdateRects(numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_UpdateRects} -procedure SDL_GL_Lock; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Lock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Lock;} -procedure SDL_GL_Unlock; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Unlock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Unlock;} - -{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *} -{* These functions allow interaction with the window manager, if any. *} -{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *} - -{ Sets/Gets the title and icon text of the display window } -procedure SDL_WM_GetCaption(var title : PChar; var icon : PChar); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GetCaption} -procedure SDL_WM_SetCaption( const title : PChar; const icon : PChar); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetCaption} - -{ Sets the icon for the display window. - This function must be called before the first call to SDL_SetVideoMode(). - It takes an icon surface, and a mask in MSB format. - If 'mask' is NULL, the entire icon surface will be used as the icon. } -procedure SDL_WM_SetIcon(icon: PSDL_Surface; mask: PUInt8); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetIcon'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetIcon} - -{ This function iconifies the window, and returns 1 if it succeeded. - If the function succeeds, it generates an SDL_APPACTIVE loss event. - This function is a noop and returns 0 in non-windowed environments. } - -function SDL_WM_IconifyWindow: Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_IconifyWindow'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_IconifyWindow} - -{ Toggle fullscreen mode without changing the contents of the screen. - If the display surface does not require locking before accessing - the pixel information, then the memory pointers will not change. - - If this function was able to toggle fullscreen mode (change from - running in a window to fullscreen, or vice-versa), it will return 1. - If it is not implemented, or fails, it returns 0. - - The next call to SDL_SetVideoMode() will set the mode fullscreen - attribute based on the flags parameter - if SDL_FULLSCREEN is not - set, then the display will be windowed by default where supported. - - This is currently only implemented in the X11 video driver. } - -function SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen} - -{ Grabbing means that the mouse is confined to the application window, - and nearly all keyboard input is passed directly to the application, - and not interpreted by a window manager, if any. } - -function SDL_WM_GrabInput(mode: TSDL_GrabMode): TSDL_GrabMode; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GrabInput'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GrabInput} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ mouse-routines } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse. - The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can - be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the - current mouse cursor position. You can pass NULL for either x or y. } - -function SDL_GetMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetMouseState} - -{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse. - The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can - be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the - mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(). } -function SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRelativeMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRelativeMouseState} - -{ Set the position of the mouse cursor (generates a mouse motion event) } -procedure SDL_WarpMouse(x, y: UInt16); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WarpMouse'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WarpMouse} - -{ Create a cursor using the specified data and mask (in MSB format). - The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits. - - The cursor is created in black and white according to the following: - data mask resulting pixel on screen - 0 1 White - 1 1 Black - 0 0 Transparent - 1 0 Inverted color if possible, black if not. - - Cursors created with this function must be freed with SDL_FreeCursor(). } -function SDL_CreateCursor(data, mask: PUInt8; w, h, hot_x, hot_y: Integer): PSDL_Cursor; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCursor} - -{ Set the currently active cursor to the specified one. - If the cursor is currently visible, the change will be immediately - represented on the display. } -procedure SDL_SetCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetCursor} - -{ Returns the currently active cursor. } -function SDL_GetCursor: PSDL_Cursor; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetCursor} - -{ Deallocates a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor(). } -procedure SDL_FreeCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeCursor} - -{ Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown on the screen. - The cursor start off displayed, but can be turned off. - SDL_ShowCursor() returns 1 if the cursor was being displayed - before the call, or 0 if it was not. You can query the current - state by passing a 'toggle' value of -1. } -function SDL_ShowCursor(toggle: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ShowCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ShowCursor} - -function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer; - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ Keyboard-routines } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ Enable/Disable UNICODE translation of keyboard input. - This translation has some overhead, so translation defaults off. - If 'enable' is 1, translation is enabled. - If 'enable' is 0, translation is disabled. - If 'enable' is -1, the translation state is not changed. - It returns the previous state of keyboard translation. } -function SDL_EnableUNICODE(enable: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableUNICODE'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableUNICODE} - -{ If 'delay' is set to 0, keyboard repeat is disabled. } -function SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(delay: Integer; interval: Integer): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableKeyRepeat} - -procedure SDL_GetKeyRepeat(delay : PInteger; interval: PInteger); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyRepeat} - -{ Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard. - Returns an array of keystates, indexed by the SDLK_* syms. - Used: - - UInt8 *keystate = SDL_GetKeyState(NULL); - if ( keystate[SDLK_RETURN] ) ... <RETURN> is pressed } - -function SDL_GetKeyState(numkeys: PInt): PUInt8; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyState} - -{ Get the current key modifier state } -function SDL_GetModState: TSDLMod; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetModState} - -{ Set the current key modifier state - This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags. } -procedure SDL_SetModState(modstate: TSDLMod); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetModState} - -{ Get the name of an SDL virtual keysym } -function SDL_GetKeyName(key: TSDLKey): PChar; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyName} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ Active Routines } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -{ This function returns the current state of the application, which is a - bitwise combination of SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS, SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS, and - SDL_APPACTIVE. If SDL_APPACTIVE is set, then the user is able to - see your application, otherwise it has been iconified or disabled. } - -function SDL_GetAppState: UInt8; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAppState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAppState} - - -{ Mutex functions } - -{ Create a mutex, initialized unlocked } - -function SDL_CreateMutex: PSDL_Mutex; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateMutex} - -{ Lock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error) } - - function SDL_mutexP(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; - cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{ $ EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexP} - -function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockMutex} - -{ Unlock the mutex (Returns 0, or -1 on error) } -function SDL_mutexV(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexV} - -function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockMutex} - -{ Destroy a mutex } -procedure SDL_DestroyMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyMutex} - -{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } -{ Semaphore functions } -{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } -{ Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure. } -function SDL_CreateSemaphore(initial_value: UInt32): PSDL_Sem; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateSemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateSemaphore} - - -{ Destroy a semaphore } -procedure SDL_DestroySemaphore(sem: PSDL_sem); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroySemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroySemaphore} - -{ This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed - to by sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the semaphore - count. } - -function SDL_SemWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemWait} - -{ Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait(), returns 0 if the wait succeeds, - SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would block, and -1 on error. } - -function SDL_SemTryWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemTryWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait} - -{ Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds, returns 0 if - the wait succeeds, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not succeed in - the allotted time, and -1 on error. - On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay - of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. } - -function SDL_SemWaitTimeout(sem: PSDL_sem; ms: UInt32): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait} - -{ Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking), returns 0, - or -1 on error. } - -function SDL_SemPost(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemPost'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait} - -{ Returns the current count of the semaphore } - -function SDL_SemValue(sem: PSDL_sem): UInt32; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemValue'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemValue} - -{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } -{ Condition variable functions } -{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } -{ Create a condition variable } -function SDL_CreateCond: PSDL_Cond; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCond} - -{ Destroy a condition variable } -procedure SDL_DestroyCond(cond: PSDL_Cond); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyCond} - -{ Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable, - returns 0 or -1 on error. } - -function SDL_CondSignal(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondSignal'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondSignal} - -{ Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable, - returns 0 or -1 on error. } - -function SDL_CondBroadcast(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondBroadcast'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondBroadcast} - - -{ Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex. - The mutex must be locked before entering this function! - Returns 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error. } - -function SDL_CondWait(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWait} - -{ Waits for at most 'ms' milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition - variable is signaled, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not - signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error. - On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay - of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. } - -function SDL_CondWaitTimeout(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex; ms: UInt32) : Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWaitTimeout} - -{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } -{ Condition variable functions } -{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } - -{ Create a thread } -function SDL_CreateThread(fn: PInt; data: Pointer): PSDL_Thread; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateThread} - -{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the current thread } -function SDL_ThreadID: UInt32; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ThreadID} - -{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the specified thread, - equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL. } -function SDL_GetThreadID(thread: PSDL_Thread): UInt32; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetThreadID} - -{ Wait for a thread to finish. - The return code for the thread function is placed in the area - pointed to by 'status', if 'status' is not NULL. } - -procedure SDL_WaitThread(thread: PSDL_Thread; var status: Integer); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitThread} - -{ Forcefully kill a thread without worrying about its state } -procedure SDL_KillThread(thread: PSDL_Thread); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_KillThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KillThread} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{ Get Environment Routines } -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} -function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer; -cdecl; -{$ENDIF} - -{$IFDEF Unix} -{$IFDEF FPC} -function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer; -cdecl; external 'libc.so' name 'putenv'; -{$ENDIF} -{$ENDIF} - -{ Put a variable of the form "name=value" into the environment } -//function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name ''; -function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_putenv} - -// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use -// SDL_putenv as it it more portable -//function putenv(const variable: PChar): integer; -//{$EXTERNALSYM putenv} - -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} -{$IFNDEF __GPC__} -function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar; cdecl; -{$ENDIF} -{$ENDIF} - -{* Retrieve a variable named "name" from the environment } -//function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name ''; -function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_getenv} - -// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use -// SDL_getenv as it it more portable -//function getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; -//{$EXTERNALSYM getenv} - -{* - * This function gives you custom hooks into the window manager information. - * It fills the structure pointed to by 'info' with custom information and - * returns 1 if the function is implemented. If it's not implemented, or - * the version member of the 'info' structure is invalid, it returns 0. - *} -function SDL_GetWMInfo(info : PSDL_SysWMinfo) : integer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetWMInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetWMInfo} - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -//SDL_loadso.h -{* This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer - * to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error). - * The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file. - *} -function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadObject} - -{* Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the - * named function in the shared object and returns it. This address - * is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject(). - *} -function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer; -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadFunction'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadFunction} - -{* Unload a shared object from memory *} -procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer ); -cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnloadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnloadObject} - - - -{------------------------------------------------------------------------------} - -function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Swap32} - -{ FreeAndNil frees the given TObject instance and sets the variable reference - to nil. Be careful to only pass TObjects to this routine. } -procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj); - -{ Exit procedure handling } - -{ AddExitProc adds the given procedure to the run-time library's exit - procedure list. When an application terminates, its exit procedures are - executed in reverse order of definition, i.e. the last procedure passed - to AddExitProc is the first one to get executed upon termination. } -procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure); - -// Bitwise Checking functions -function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean; - -function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer; - -function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer; - -implementation - -{$IFDEF __GPC__} - {$L 'sdl'} { link sdl.dll.a or libsdl.so or libsdl.a } -{$ENDIF} - -function SDL_TABLESIZE(table: PChar): Integer; -begin - Result := SizeOf(table) div SizeOf(table[0]); -end; - -procedure SDL_OutOfMemory; -begin - {$IFNDEF WINDOWS} - SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM); - {$ENDIF} -end; - -function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer; -begin - Result := context^.seek(context, offset, whence); -end; - -function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer; -begin - Result := context^.seek(context, 0, 1); -end; - -function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer; -begin - Result := context^.read(context, ptr, size, n); -end; - -function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer; -begin - Result := context^.write(context, ptr, size, n); -end; - -function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer; -begin - Result := context^.close(context); -end; - -function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec; -begin - Result := SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1, spec, audio_buf, audiolen); -end; - -function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ): LongBool; -begin - Result := ord( status ) > ord( CD_ERROR ); -end; - -procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var - F: Integer); -var - value: Integer; -begin - value := frames; - F := value mod CD_FPS; - value := value div CD_FPS; - S := value mod 60; - value := value div 60; - M := value; -end; - -function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer; -begin - Result := M * 60 * CD_FPS + S * CD_FPS + F; -end; - -procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version); -begin - X.major := SDL_MAJOR_VERSION; - X.minor := SDL_MINOR_VERSION; - X.patch := SDL_PATCHLEVEL; -end; - -function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer; -begin - Result := X * 1000 + Y * 100 + Z; -end; - -function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer; -begin - Result := SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL - ); -end; - -function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z: Integer): LongBool; -begin - Result := (SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z)); -end; - -function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface; -begin - Result := SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1); -end; - -function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer; -begin - Result := SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'wb'), 1); -end; - -function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: - PSDL_Surface; - dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer; -begin - Result := SDL_UpperBlit(src, srcrect, dst, dstrect); -end; - -function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer; - RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface; -begin - Result := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags, width, height, depth, RMask, GMask, - BMask, AMask); -end; - -function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean; -begin - Result := ( ( surface^.offset <> 0 ) or - ( ( surface^.flags and ( SDL_HWSURFACE or SDL_ASYNCBLIT or SDL_RLEACCEL ) ) <> 0 ) ); -end; - -function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; -begin - Result := SDL_mutexP(mutex); -end; - -function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer; -begin - Result := SDL_mutexV(mutex); -end; - -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} -function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): Integer; -cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name '_putenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF __GPC__}; -{$ENDIF} - - -function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): Integer; -begin - {$IFDEF WINDOWS} - Result := _putenv(variable); - {$ENDIF} - - {$IFDEF UNIX} - {$IFDEF FPC} - Result := _putenv(variable); - {$ELSE} - Result := libc.putenv(variable); - {$ENDIF} - {$ENDIF} -end; - -{$IFDEF WINDOWS} -{$IFNDEF __GPC__} -function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar; -cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'getenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF}; -{$ENDIF} -{$ENDIF} - -function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; -begin - {$IFDEF WINDOWS} - - {$IFDEF __GPC__} - Result := getenv( string( name ) ); - {$ELSE} - Result := getenv( name ); - {$ENDIF} - - {$ELSE} - - {$IFDEF UNIX} - - {$IFDEF FPC} - Result := fpgetenv(name); - {$ELSE} - Result := libc.getenv(name); - {$ENDIF} - - {$ENDIF} - - {$ENDIF} -end; - -function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer; -begin - Result := SDL_PRESSED shl ( Button - 1 ); -end; - -function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32; -begin - Result := ((D shl 24) or ((D shl 8) and $00FF0000) or ((D shr 8) and $0000FF00) or (D shr 24)); -end; - -procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj); -{$IFNDEF __GPC__} -{$IFNDEF __TMT__} -var - Temp: TObject; -{$ENDIF} -{$ENDIF} -begin -{$IFNDEF __GPC__} -{$IFNDEF __TMT__} - Temp := TObject(Obj); - Pointer(Obj) := nil; - Temp.Free; -{$ENDIF} -{$ENDIF} -end; - -{ Exit procedure handling } -type - PExitProcInfo = ^TExitProcInfo; - TExitProcInfo = record - Next: PExitProcInfo; - SaveExit: Pointer; - Proc: TProcedure; - end; - -var - ExitProcList: PExitProcInfo = nil; - -procedure DoExitProc; -var - P: PExitProcInfo; - Proc: TProcedure; -begin - P := ExitProcList; - ExitProcList := P^.Next; - ExitProc := P^.SaveExit; - Proc := P^.Proc; - Dispose(P); - Proc; -end; - -procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure); -var - P: PExitProcInfo; -begin - New(P); - P^.Next := ExitProcList; - P^.SaveExit := ExitProc; - P^.Proc := Proc; - ExitProcList := P; - ExitProc := @DoExitProc; -end; - -function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean; -begin - result := ( ( value and ( 1 shl bit ) ) <> 0 ); -end; - -function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer; -begin - result := ( value or ( 1 shl bit ) ); -end; - -function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer; -begin - result := ( value and not ( 1 shl bit ) ); -end; - -end. - - diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl_cpuinfo.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl_cpuinfo.pas deleted file mode 100644 index b09f19f9..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl_cpuinfo.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -unit sdl_cpuinfo; -{ - $Id: sdl_cpuinfo.pas,v 1.2 2004/02/18 22:52:53 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Headers } -{ } -{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are } -{ Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga } -{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr. } -{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA) } -{ } -{ All Rights Reserved. } -{ } -{ The original files are : SDL_cpuinfo.h } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are } -{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2004 Dominqiue Louis. } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so } -{ They are available from... } -{ http://www.libsdl.org . } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ - $Log: sdl_cpuinfo.pas,v $ - Revision 1.2 2004/02/18 22:52:53 savage - Forgot to add jedi-sdl.inc file. It's there now. - - Revision 1.1 2004/02/18 22:35:54 savage - Brought sdl.pas up to 1.2.7 compatability - Thus... - Added SDL_GL_STEREO, - SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS, - SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES - - Add DLL/Shared object functions - function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer; - - function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer; - - procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer ); - - Added function to create RWops from const memory: SDL_RWFromConstMem() - function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops; - - Ported SDL_cpuinfo.h so Now you can test for Specific CPU types. - - -} -{******************************************************************************} - -interface - -{$I jedi-sdl.inc} - -uses - sdl; - -{* This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction - *} -function SDL_HasRDTSC : SDL_Bool; -cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasRDTSC'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasRDTSC} - -{* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features - *} -function SDL_HasMMX : SDL_Bool; -cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasMMX'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasMMX} - -{* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX Ext. features - *} -function SDL_HasMMXExt : SDL_Bool; -cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasMMXExt'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasMMXExt} - -{* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow features - *} -function SDL_Has3DNow : SDL_Bool; -cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Has3DNow'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Has3DNow} - -{* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! Ext. features - *} -function SDL_Has3DNowExt : SDL_Bool; -cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Has3DNowExt'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Has3DNowExt} - -{* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features - *} -function SDL_HasSSE : SDL_Bool; -cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasSSE'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasSSE} - -{* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features - *} -function SDL_HasSSE2 : SDL_Bool; -cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasSSE2'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasSSE2} - -{* This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features - *} -function SDL_HasAltiVec : SDL_Bool; -cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasAltiVec'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}; -{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasAltiVec} - -implementation - -end. -
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlgameinterface.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlgameinterface.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 9a58ff40..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlgameinterface.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,202 +0,0 @@ -unit sdlgameinterface; -{ - $Id: sdlgameinterface.pas,v 1.4 2005/08/03 18:57:31 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ Game Interface Base class } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are } -{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis. } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so } -{ They are available from... } -{ http://www.libsdl.org . } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ September 23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation } -{ - $Log: sdlgameinterface.pas,v $ - Revision 1.4 2005/08/03 18:57:31 savage - Various updates and additions. Mainly to handle OpenGL 3D Window support and better cursor support for the mouse class - - Revision 1.3 2004/10/17 18:41:49 savage - Slight Change to allow Reseting of Input Event handlers - - Revision 1.2 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage - Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working. - - -} -{******************************************************************************} - -interface - -uses - sdl, - sdlwindow; - -type - TGameInterfaceClass = class of TGameInterface; - - TGameInterface = class( TObject ) - private - FNextGameInterface : TGameInterfaceClass; - protected - Dragging : Boolean; - Loaded : Boolean; - procedure FreeSurfaces; virtual; - procedure Render; virtual; abstract; - procedure Close; virtual; - procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); virtual; - procedure MouseDown( Button : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ); virtual; - procedure MouseMove( Shift: TSDLMod; CurrentPos : TPoint; RelativePos : TPoint ); virtual; - procedure MouseUp( Button : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ); virtual; - procedure MouseWheelScroll( WheelDelta : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ); virtual; - procedure KeyDown( var Key: TSDLKey; Shift: TSDLMod; unicode : UInt16 ); virtual; - public - MainWindow : TSDLCustomWindow; - procedure ResetInputManager; - procedure LoadSurfaces; virtual; - function PointIsInRect( Point : TPoint; x, y, x1, y1 : integer ) : Boolean; - constructor Create( const aMainWindow : TSDLCustomWindow ); - destructor Destroy; override; - property NextGameInterface : TGameInterfaceClass read FNextGameInterface write FNextGameInterface; - end; - -implementation - -{ TGameInterface } -procedure TGameInterface.Close; -begin - FNextGameInterface := nil; -end; - -constructor TGameInterface.Create( const aMainWindow : TSDLCustomWindow ); -begin - inherited Create; - MainWindow := aMainWindow; - FNextGameInterface := TGameInterface; - ResetInputManager; -end; - -destructor TGameInterface.Destroy; -begin - if Loaded then - FreeSurfaces; - inherited; -end; - -procedure TGameInterface.FreeSurfaces; -begin - Loaded := False; -end; - -procedure TGameInterface.KeyDown(var Key: TSDLKey; Shift: TSDLMod; unicode: UInt16); -begin - -end; - -procedure TGameInterface.LoadSurfaces; -begin - Loaded := True; -end; - -procedure TGameInterface.MouseDown(Button: Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos: TPoint); -begin - Dragging := True; -end; - -procedure TGameInterface.MouseMove(Shift: TSDLMod; CurrentPos, RelativePos: TPoint); -begin - -end; - -procedure TGameInterface.MouseUp(Button: Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos: TPoint); -begin - Dragging := True; -end; - -procedure TGameInterface.MouseWheelScroll(WheelDelta: Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos: TPoint); -begin - -end; - -function TGameInterface.PointIsInRect( Point : TPoint; x, y, x1, y1: integer ): Boolean; -begin - if ( Point.x >= x ) - and ( Point.y >= y ) - and ( Point.x <= x1 ) - and ( Point.y <= y1 ) then - result := true - else - result := false; -end; - -procedure TGameInterface.ResetInputManager; -var - temp : TSDLNotifyEvent; -begin - MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseDown := MouseDown; - MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseMove := MouseMove; - MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseUp := MouseUp; - MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseWheel := MouseWheelScroll; - MainWindow.InputManager.KeyBoard.OnKeyDown := KeyDown; - temp := Render; - MainWindow.OnRender := temp; - temp := Close; - MainWindow.OnClose := temp; - MainWindow.OnUpdate := Update; -end; - -procedure TGameInterface.Update(aElapsedTime: single); -begin - -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdli386utils.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdli386utils.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 4de4ebee..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdli386utils.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5236 +0,0 @@ -unit sdli386utils; -{ - $Id: sdli386utils.pas,v 1.5 2004/06/02 19:38:53 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ SDL Utility functions } -{ } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Tom Jones are } -{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Tom Jones. } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ Róbert Kisnémeth <mikrobi@freemail.hu> } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ Helper functions... } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms } -{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ 2000 - TJ : Initial creation } -{ } -{ July 13 2001 - DL : Added PutPixel and GetPixel routines. } -{ } -{ Sept 14 2001 - RK : Added flipping routines. } -{ } -{ Sept 19 2001 - RK : Added PutPixel & line drawing & blitting with ADD } -{ effect. Fixed a bug in SDL_PutPixel & SDL_GetPixel } -{ Added PSDLRect() } -{ Sept 22 2001 - DL : Removed need for Windows.pas by defining types here} -{ Also removed by poor attempt or a dialog box } -{ } -{ Sept 25 2001 - RK : Added PixelTest, NewPutPixel, SubPixel, SubLine, } -{ SubSurface, MonoSurface & TexturedSurface } -{ } -{ Sept 26 2001 - DL : Made change so that it refers to native Pascal } -{ types rather that Windows types. This makes it more} -{ portable to Linix. } -{ } -{ Sept 27 2001 - RK : SDLUtils now can be compiled with FreePascal } -{ } -{ Oct 27 2001 - JF : Added ScrollY function } -{ } -{ Jan 21 2002 - RK : Added SDL_ZoomSurface and SDL_WarpSurface } -{ } -{ Mar 28 2002 - JF : Added SDL_RotateSurface } -{ } -{ May 13 2002 - RK : Improved SDL_FillRectAdd & SDL_FillRectSub } -{ } -{ May 27 2002 - YS : GradientFillRect function } -{ } -{ May 30 2002 - RK : Added SDL_2xBlit, SDL_Scanline2xBlit } -{ & SDL_50Scanline2xBlit } -{ } -{ June 12 2002 - RK : Added SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect } -{ } -{ June 12 2002 - JF : Updated SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect } -{ } -{ November 9 2002 - JF : Added Jason's boolean Surface functions } -{ } -{ December 10 2002 - DE : Added Dean's SDL_ClipLine function } -{ } -{******************************************************************************} -{ - $Log: sdli386utils.pas,v $ - Revision 1.5 2004/06/02 19:38:53 savage - Changes to SDL_GradientFillRect as suggested by - Ángel Eduardo García Hernández. Many thanks. - - Revision 1.4 2004/05/29 23:11:53 savage - Changes to SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect as suggested by - Ángel Eduardo García Hernández to fix a colour issue with the function. Many thanks. - - Revision 1.3 2004/02/20 22:04:11 savage - Added Changes as mentioned by Rodrigo "Rui" R. (1/2 RRC2Soft) to facilitate FPC compilation and it also works in Delphi. Also syncronized the funcitons so that they are identical to sdlutils.pas, when no assembly version is available. - - Revision 1.2 2004/02/14 00:23:39 savage - As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change. - - Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage - Module 1.0 release - - -} - -interface - -{$i jedi-sdl.inc} - -uses -{$IFDEF UNIX} - Types, - Xlib, -{$ENDIF} - SysUtils, - sdl; - -type - TGradientStyle = ( gsHorizontal, gsVertical ); - - // Pixel procedures -function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 : - PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : Boolean; - -function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal ) : Uint32; - -procedure SDL_PutPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color : - cardinal ); - -procedure SDL_AddPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color : - cardinal ); - -procedure SDL_SubPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color : - cardinal ); - -// Line procedures -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal );overload; - -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload; - -procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); - -procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); - -// Surface procedures -procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal ); - -procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface; - TextureRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint ); - -// Flip procedures -procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); - -function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect; - -function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; overload; - -function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; overload; - -function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH, - Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface; - -procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer ); - -procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer ); - -procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer ); - -procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single ); - -function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect; - -// Fill Rect routine -procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); - -procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); - -procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle ); - -// NOTE for All SDL_2xblit... function : the dest surface must be 2x of the source surface! -procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); - -procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); - -procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); - -function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : -PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : -boolean; - -// Jason's boolean Surface functions -procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -function SDL_ClipLine(var x1,y1,x2,y2: Integer; ClipRect: PSDL_Rect) : boolean; - -implementation - -uses - Math; - -function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 : - PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : boolean; -var - Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect; - right1, bottom1 : integer; - right2, bottom2 : integer; - Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal; - Mod1, Mod2 : cardinal; - Addr1, Addr2 : cardinal; - BPP : cardinal; - Pitch1, Pitch2 : cardinal; - TransparentColor1, TransparentColor2 : cardinal; - tx, ty : cardinal; - StartTick : cardinal; - Color1, Color2 : cardinal; -begin - Result := false; - if SrcRect1 = nil then - begin - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface1.w; - h := SrcSurface1.h; - end; - end - else - Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^; - if SrcRect2 = nil then - begin - with Src_Rect2 do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface2.w; - h := SrcSurface2.h; - end; - end - else - Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^; - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - Right1 := Left1 + w; - Bottom1 := Top1 + h; - end; - with Src_Rect2 do - begin - Right2 := Left2 + w; - Bottom2 := Top2 + h; - end; - if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <= - Top2 ) then - exit; - if Left1 <= Left2 then - begin - // 1. left, 2. right - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1; - Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x; - ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2; - with Src_Rect2 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end - else - begin - // 1. right, 2. left - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x; - Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2; - ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1; - with Src_Rect1 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end; - with SrcSurface1^ do - begin - Pitch1 := Pitch; - Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels ); - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) ); - with format^ do - begin - BPP := BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor1 := colorkey; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface2^ do - begin - TransparentColor2 := format.colorkey; - Pitch2 := Pitch; - Addr2 := cardinal( Pixels ); - inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Src_Rect2.y ) ); - end; - Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP ); - Mod2 := Pitch2 - ( ScanWidth * BPP ); - inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start ); - inc( Addr2, BPP * Scan2Start ); - if Top1 <= Top2 then - begin - // 1. up, 2. down - ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h; - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) ); - end - else - begin - // 1. down, 2. up - ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h; - inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Top1 - Top2 ) ); - end; - case BPP of - 1 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PByte( Addr2 )^ <> - TransparentColor2 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1 ); - inc( Addr2 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - 2 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PWord( Addr2 )^ <> - TransparentColor2 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 2 ); - inc( Addr2, 2 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - 3 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF; - Color2 := PLongWord( Addr2 )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( Color2 <> TransparentColor2 ) - then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 3 ); - inc( Addr2, 3 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - 4 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PLongWord( Addr2 )^ <> - TransparentColor2 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 4 ); - inc( Addr2, 4 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - end; -end; - -function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal ) : Uint32; -var - bpp : UInt32; - p : PInteger; -begin - bpp := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - // Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve - p := Pointer( Uint32( SrcSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * SrcSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) * - bpp ); - case bpp of - 1 : result := PUint8( p )^; - 2 : result := PUint16( p )^; - 3 : - if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then - result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] shl 16 or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or - PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] - else - result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or - PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] shl 16; - 4 : result := PUint32( p )^; - else - result := 0; // shouldn't happen, but avoids warnings - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_PutPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - Addr, Pitch, BPP : cardinal; -begin - Addr := cardinal( SrcSurface.Pixels ); - Pitch := SrcSurface.Pitch; - BPP := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - asm - mov eax, y - mul Pitch // EAX := y * Pitch - add Addr, eax // Addr:= Addr + (y * Pitch) - mov eax, x - mov ecx, Color - cmp BPP, 1 - jne @Not1BPP - add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x - mov [eax], cl - jmp @Quit - @Not1BPP: - cmp BPP, 2 - jne @Not2BPP - mul BPP // EAX := x * BPP - add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * BPP - mov [eax], cx - jmp @Quit - @Not2BPP: - cmp BPP, 3 - jne @Not3BPP - mul BPP // EAX := x * BPP - add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * BPP - mov edx, [eax] - and edx, $ff000000 - or edx, ecx - mov [eax], edx - jmp @Quit - @Not3BPP: - mul BPP // EAX := x * BPP - add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * BPP - mov [eax], ecx - @Quit: - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_AddPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - SrcColor, FinalColor : cardinal; - Addr, Pitch, Bits : cardinal; -begin - if Color = 0 then - exit; - Addr := cardinal( SrcSurface.Pixels ); - Pitch := SrcSurface.Pitch; - Bits := SrcSurface.format.BitsPerPixel; - asm - mov eax, y - mul Pitch // EAX := y * Pitch - add Addr, eax // Addr:= Addr + (y * Pitch) - mov eax, x - cmp Bits, 8 - jne @Not8bit - add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x - mov cl, [eax] - movzx ecx, cl - mov SrcColor, ecx - mov edx, Color - and ecx, 3 - and edx, 3 - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, 3 - jbe @Skip1_8bit - mov ecx, 3 - @Skip1_8bit: - mov FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $1c - and edx, $1c - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, $1c - jbe @Skip2_8bit - mov ecx, $1c - @Skip2_8bit: - or FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $e0 - and edx, $e0 - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, $e0 - jbe @Skip3_8bit - mov ecx, $e0 - @Skip3_8bit: - or ecx, FinalColor - mov [eax], cl - jmp @Quit - @Not8bit: - cmp Bits, 15 - jne @Not15bit - shl eax, 1 - add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * 2 - mov ecx, [eax] - and ecx, $00007fff - mov SrcColor, ecx - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $1f - and edx, $1f - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, $1f - jbe @Skip1_15bit - mov ecx, $1f - @Skip1_15bit: - mov FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $03e0 - and edx, $03e0 - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, $03e0 - jbe @Skip2_15bit - mov ecx, $03e0 - @Skip2_15bit: - or FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $7c00 - and edx, $7c00 - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, $7c00 - jbe @Skip3_15bit - mov ecx, $7c00 - @Skip3_15bit: - or ecx, FinalColor - mov [eax], cx - jmp @Quit - @Not15Bit: - cmp Bits, 16 - jne @Not16bit - shl eax, 1 - add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * 2 - mov ecx, [eax] - and ecx, $0000ffff - mov SrcColor, ecx - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $1f - and edx, $1f - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, $1f - jbe @Skip1_16bit - mov ecx, $1f - @Skip1_16bit: - mov FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $07e0 - and edx, $07e0 - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, $07e0 - jbe @Skip2_16bit - mov ecx, $07e0 - @Skip2_16bit: - or FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $f800 - and edx, $f800 - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, $f800 - jbe @Skip3_16bit - mov ecx, $f800 - @Skip3_16bit: - or ecx, FinalColor - mov [eax], cx - jmp @Quit - @Not16Bit: - cmp Bits, 24 - jne @Not24bit - mov ecx, 0 - add ecx, eax - shl ecx, 1 - add ecx, eax - mov eax, ecx - jmp @32bit - @Not24bit: - shl eax, 2 - @32bit: - add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * 2 - mov ecx, [eax] - mov FinalColor, ecx - and FinalColor, $ff000000 - and ecx, $00ffffff - mov SrcColor, ecx - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $000000ff - and edx, $000000ff - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, $000000ff - jbe @Skip1_32bit - mov ecx, $000000ff - @Skip1_32bit: - or FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $0000ff00 - and edx, $0000ff00 - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, $0000ff00 - jbe @Skip2_32bit - mov ecx, $0000ff00 - @Skip2_32bit: - or FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $00ff0000 - and edx, $00ff0000 - add ecx, edx - cmp ecx, $00ff0000 - jbe @Skip3_32bit - mov ecx, $00ff0000 - @Skip3_32bit: - or ecx, FinalColor - mov [eax], ecx - @Quit: - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_SubPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - SrcColor, FinalColor : cardinal; - Addr, Pitch, Bits : cardinal; -begin - if Color = 0 then - exit; - Addr := cardinal( SrcSurface.Pixels ); - Pitch := SrcSurface.Pitch; - Bits := SrcSurface.format.BitsPerPixel; - asm - mov eax, y - mul Pitch // EAX := y * Pitch - add Addr, eax // Addr:= Addr + (y * Pitch) - mov eax, x - cmp Bits, 8 - jne @Not8bit - add eax, Addr // Now: EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x - mov cl, [eax] - movzx ecx, cl - mov SrcColor, ecx - mov edx, Color - and ecx, 3 - and edx, 3 - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip1_8bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip1_8bit: - mov FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $1c - and edx, $1c - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip2_8bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip2_8bit: - or FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $e0 - and edx, $e0 - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip3_8bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip3_8bit: - or ecx, FinalColor - mov [eax], cl - jmp @Quit - @Not8bit: - cmp Bits, 15 - jne @Not15bit - shl eax, 1 - add eax, Addr - mov ecx, [eax] - and ecx, $00007fff - mov SrcColor, ecx - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $1f - and edx, $1f - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip1_15bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip1_15bit: - mov FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $03e0 - and edx, $03e0 - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip2_15bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip2_15bit: - or FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $7c00 - and edx, $7c00 - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip3_15bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip3_15bit: - or ecx, FinalColor - mov [eax], cx - jmp @Quit - @Not15Bit: - cmp Bits, 16 - jne @Not16bit - shl eax, 1 - add eax, Addr - mov ecx, [eax] - and ecx, $0000ffff - mov SrcColor, ecx - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $1f - and edx, $1f - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip1_16bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip1_16bit: - mov FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $07e0 - and edx, $07e0 - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip2_16bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip2_16bit: - or FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $f800 - and edx, $f800 - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip3_16bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip3_16bit: - or ecx, FinalColor - mov [eax], cx - jmp @Quit - @Not16Bit: - cmp Bits, 24 - jne @Not24bit - mov ecx, 0 - add ecx, eax - shl ecx, 1 - add ecx, eax - mov eax, ecx - jmp @32bit - @Not24bit: - shl eax, 2 - @32bit: - add eax, Addr - mov ecx, [eax] - mov FinalColor, ecx - and FinalColor, $ff000000 - and ecx, $00ffffff - mov SrcColor, ecx - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $000000ff - and edx, $000000ff - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip1_32bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip1_32bit: - or FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $0000ff00 - and edx, $0000ff00 - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip2_32bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip2_32bit: - or FinalColor, ecx - mov ecx, SrcColor - mov edx, Color - and ecx, $00ff0000 - and edx, $00ff0000 - sub ecx, edx - jns @Skip3_32bit - mov ecx, 0 - @Skip3_32bit: - or ecx, FinalColor - mov [eax], ecx - @Quit: - end; -end; - -// Draw a line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface -// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer; -begin - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -// Draw a dashed line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface -// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload; -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py, counter : integer; drawdash : boolean; -begin - counter := 0; - drawdash := true; //begin line drawing with dash - - //Avoid invalid user-passed dash parameters - if (DashLength < 1) - then DashLength := 1; - if (DashSpace < 1) - then DashSpace := 0; - - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - - //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces - if drawdash then - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - inc(counter); - if (counter > DashLength-1) and (DashSpace > 0) then - begin - drawdash := false; - counter := 0; - end; - end - else //space - begin - inc(counter); - if counter > DashSpace-1 then - begin - drawdash := true; - counter := 0; - end; - end; - - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - - //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces - if drawdash then - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - inc(counter); - if (counter > DashLength-1) and (DashSpace > 0) then - begin - drawdash := false; - counter := 0; - end; - end - else //space - begin - inc(counter); - if counter > DashSpace-1 then - begin - drawdash := true; - counter := 0; - end; - end; - - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer; -begin - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer; -begin - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -// This procedure works on 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32 bits color depth surfaces. -// In 8 bit color depth mode the procedure works with the default packed -// palette (RRRGGGBB). It handles all clipping. -procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; - // TransparentColor: cardinal; - _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - // TransparentColor := format.ColorKey; - end; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - case bits of - 8 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov al, [esi] // AL := source color - cmp al, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AL=0 or AL=transparent color then skip everything - mov esp, eax // ESP - source color - mov bl, [edi] // BL := destination color - mov dl, bl // DL := destination color - and ax, $03 // Adding BLUE - and bl, $03 - add al, bl - cmp al, $03 - jbe @Skip1 - mov al, $03 - @Skip1: - mov cl, al - mov eax, esp // Adding GREEN - mov bl, dl - and al, $1c - and bl, $1c - add al, bl - cmp al, $1c - jbe @Skip2 - mov al, $1c - @Skip2: - or cl, al - mov eax, esp // Adding RED - mov bl, dl - and ax, $e0 - and bx, $e0 - add ax, bx - cmp ax, $e0 - jbe @Skip3 - mov al, $e0 - @Skip3: - or cl, al - mov [edi], cl - @SkipColor: - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 15 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp ax, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything - mov esp, eax // ESP - source color - mov bx, [edi] // BX := destination color - mov dx, bx // DX := destination color - and ax, $001F // Adding BLUE - and bx, $001F - add ax, bx - cmp ax, $001F - jbe @Skip1 - mov ax, $001F - @Skip1: - mov cx, ax - mov eax, esp // Adding GREEN - mov bx, dx - and ax, $3E0 - and bx, $3E0 - add ax, bx - cmp ax, $3E0 - jbe @Skip2 - mov ax, $3E0 - @Skip2: - or cx, ax - mov eax, esp // Adding RED - mov bx, dx - and ax, $7C00 - and bx, $7C00 - add ax, bx - cmp ax, $7C00 - jbe @Skip3 - mov ax, $7C00 - @Skip3: - or cx, ax - mov [edi], cx - @SkipColor: - add esi, 2 - add edi, 2 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 16 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp ax, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything - mov esp, eax // ESP - source color - mov bx, [edi] // BX := destination color - mov dx, bx // DX := destination color - and ax, $1F // Adding BLUE - and bx, $1F - add ax, bx - cmp ax, $1F - jbe @Skip1 - mov ax, $1F - @Skip1: - mov cx, ax - mov eax, esp // Adding GREEN - mov bx, dx - and ax, $7E0 - and bx, $7E0 - add ax, bx - cmp ax, $7E0 - jbe @Skip2 - mov ax, $7E0 - @Skip2: - or cx, ax - mov eax, esp // Adding RED - mov bx, dx - and eax, $F800 - and ebx, $F800 - add eax, ebx - cmp eax, $F800 - jbe @Skip3 - mov ax, $F800 - @Skip3: - or cx, ax - mov [edi], cx - @SkipColor: - add esi, 2 - add edi, 2 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 24 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 2 - add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 3 - @Loopx: - mov bl, [edi] // BX := destination color - mov al, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp al, 0 - je @Skip // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT - mov ah, 0 // AX := COLOR COMPONENT - mov bh, 0 - add bx, ax - cmp bx, $00ff - jb @Skip - mov bl, $ff - @Skip: - mov [edi], bl - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 32 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - shl ax, 2 - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 4 - @Loopx: - mov bl, [edi] // BX := destination color - mov al, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp al, 0 - je @Skip // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT - mov ah, 0 // AX := COLOR COMPONENT - mov bh, 0 - add bx, ax - cmp bx, $00ff - jb @Skip - mov bl, $ff - @Skip: - mov [edi], bl - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); -end; - -procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; - _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - end; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - case bits of - 8 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov al, [esi] // AL := source color - cmp al, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AL=0 then skip everything - mov esp, eax // ESP - source color - mov bl, [edi] // BL := destination color - mov dl, bl // DL := destination color - and al, $03 // Subtract BLUE - and bl, $03 - sub bl, al - jns @Skip1 - mov bl, 0 - @Skip1: - mov cl, bl - mov eax, esp // Subtract GREEN - mov bl, dl - and al, $1c - and bl, $1c - sub bl, al - jns @Skip2 - mov bl, 0 - @Skip2: - or cl, bl - mov eax, esp // Subtract RED - mov bl, dl - and ax, $e0 - and bx, $e0 - sub bx, ax - jns @Skip3 - mov bl, 0 - @Skip3: - or cl, bl - mov [edi], cl - @SkipColor: - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 15 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp ax, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything - mov esp, eax // ESP - source color - mov bx, [edi] // BX := destination color - mov dx, bx // DX := destination color - and ax, $001F // Subtract BLUE - and bx, $001F - sub bx, ax - jns @Skip1 - mov bx, 0 - @Skip1: - mov cx, bx - mov eax, esp // Subtract GREEN - mov bx, dx - and ax, $3E0 - and bx, $3E0 - sub bx, ax - jns @Skip2 - mov bx, 0 - @Skip2: - or cx, bx - mov eax, esp // Subtract RED - mov bx, dx - and ax, $7C00 - and bx, $7C00 - sub bx, ax - jns @Skip3 - mov bx, 0 - @Skip3: - or cx, bx - mov [edi], cx - @SkipColor: - add esi, 2 - add edi, 2 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 16 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp ax, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything - mov esp, eax // ESP - source color - mov bx, [edi] // BX := destination color - mov dx, bx // DX := destination color - and ax, $1F // Subtracting BLUE - and bx, $1F - sub bx, ax - jns @Skip1 - mov bx, 0 - @Skip1: - mov cx, bx - mov eax, esp // Adding GREEN - mov bx, dx - and ax, $7E0 - and bx, $7E0 - sub bx, ax - jns @Skip2 - mov bx, 0 - @Skip2: - or cx, bx - mov eax, esp // Adding RED - mov bx, dx - and eax, $F800 - and ebx, $F800 - sub ebx, eax - jns @Skip3 - mov bx, 0 - @Skip3: - or cx, bx - mov [edi], cx - @SkipColor: - add esi, 2 - add edi, 2 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 24 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 2 - add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 3 - @Loopx: - mov bl, [edi] // BX := destination color - mov al, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp al, 0 - je @Skip // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT - mov ah, 0 // AX := COLOR COMPONENT - mov bh, 0 - sub bx, ax - jns @Skip - mov bl, 0 - @Skip: - mov [edi], bl - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 32 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - shl ax, 2 - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 4 - @Loopx: - mov bl, [edi] // BX := destination color - mov al, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp al, 0 - je @Skip // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT - mov ah, 0 // AX := COLOR COMPONENT - mov bh, 0 - sub bx, ax - jns @Skip - mov bl, 0 - @Skip: - mov [edi], bl - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); -end; - -procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal ); -var - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; - _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - SrcTransparentColor : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcTransparentColor := format.colorkey; - end; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - case bits of - 8 : - asm - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - mov ecx, Color - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov al, [esi] // AL := source color - movzx eax, al - cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor - je @SkipColor // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything - mov [edi], cl - @SkipColor: - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - end; - 15, 16 : - asm - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - mov ecx, Color - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color - movzx eax, ax - cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor - je @SkipColor // if AX=Transparent color then skip everything - mov [edi], cx - @SkipColor: - inc esi - inc esi - inc edi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - end; - 24 : - asm - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov _ebx, ebx - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - mov ecx, Color - and ecx, $00ffffff - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov eax, [esi] // EAX := source color - and eax, $00ffffff - cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor - je @SkipColor // if EAX=Transparent color then skip everything - mov ebx, [edi] - and ebx, $ff000000 - or ebx, ecx - mov [edi], ecx - @SkipColor: - add esi, 3 - add edi, 3 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp, _esp - mov edi, _edi - mov esi, _esi - mov ebx, _ebx - end; - 32 : - asm - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - mov ecx, Color - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov eax, [esi] // EAX := source color - cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor - je @SkipColor // if EAX=Transparent color then skip everything - mov [edi], ecx - @SkipColor: - add esi, 4 - add edi, 4 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp, _esp - mov edi, _edi - mov esi, _esi - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); -end; -// TextureRect.w and TextureRect.h are not used. -// The TextureSurface's size MUST larger than the drawing rectangle!!! - -procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface; - TextureRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr, TextAddr : cardinal; - _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod, TextMod : cardinal; - SrcTransparentColor : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcTransparentColor := format.colorkey; - end; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - with Texture^ do - begin - TextAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( TextureRect.y ) * Pitch + - UInt32( TextureRect.x ) * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TextMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( Texture ); - case bits of - 8 : - asm - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov _ebx, ebx - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ebx, TextAddr - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov al, [esi] // AL := source color - movzx eax, al - cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor - je @SkipColor // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything - mov al, [ebx] - mov [edi], al - @SkipColor: - inc esi - inc edi - inc ebx - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - add ebx, TextMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx, _ebx - end; - 15, 16 : - asm - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ecx, TextAddr - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov ax, [esi] // AL := source color - movzx eax, ax - cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor - je @SkipColor // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything - mov ax, [ecx] - mov [edi], ax - @SkipColor: - inc esi - inc esi - inc edi - inc edi - inc ecx - inc ecx - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - add ecx, TextMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - end; - 24 : - asm - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov _ebx, ebx - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ebx, TextAddr - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov eax, [esi] // AL := source color - and eax, $00ffffff - cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor - je @SkipColor // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything - mov eax, [ebx] - and eax, $00ffffff - mov ecx, [edi] - and ecx, $ff000000 - or ecx, eax - mov [edi], eax - @SkipColor: - add esi, 3 - add edi, 3 - add ebx, 3 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - add ebx, TextMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx, _ebx - end; - 32 : - asm - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ecx, TextAddr - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov eax, [esi] // AL := source color - cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor - je @SkipColor // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything - mov eax, [ecx] - mov [edi], eax - @SkipColor: - add esi, 4 - add edi, 4 - add ecx, 4 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - add ecx, TextMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( Texture ); -end; - -procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - xc, yc : cardinal; - rx, wx, ry, wy, ry16 : cardinal; - color : cardinal; - modx, mody : cardinal; -begin - // Warning! No checks for surface pointers!!! - if srcrect = nil then - srcrect := @SrcSurface.clip_rect; - if dstrect = nil then - dstrect := @DstSurface.clip_rect; - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - modx := trunc( ( srcrect.w / dstrect.w ) * 65536 ); - mody := trunc( ( srcrect.h / dstrect.h ) * 65536 ); - //rx := srcrect.x * 65536; - ry := srcrect.y * 65536; - wy := dstrect.y; - for yc := 0 to dstrect.h - 1 do - begin - rx := srcrect.x * 65536; - wx := dstrect.x; - ry16 := ry shr 16; - for xc := 0 to dstrect.w - 1 do - begin - color := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, rx shr 16, ry16 ); - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, wx, wy, color ); - rx := rx + modx; - inc( wx ); - end; - ry := ry + mody; - inc( wy ); - end; - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); -end; -// Re-map a rectangular area into an area defined by four vertices -// Converted from C to Pascal by KiCHY - -procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint ); -const - SHIFTS = 15; // Extend ints to limit round-off error (try 2 - 20) - THRESH = 1 shl SHIFTS; // Threshold for pixel size value - procedure CopySourceToDest( UL, UR, LR, LL : TPoint; x1, y1, x2, y2 : cardinal ); - var - tm, lm, rm, bm, m : TPoint; - mx, my : cardinal; - cr : cardinal; - begin - // Does the destination area specify a single pixel? - if ( ( abs( ul.x - ur.x ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.x - lr.x ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.x - ll.x ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.y - ur.y ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.y - lr.y ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.y - ll.y ) < THRESH ) ) then - begin // Yes - cr := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, ( x1 shr SHIFTS ), ( y1 shr SHIFTS ) ); - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, ( ul.x shr SHIFTS ), ( ul.y shr SHIFTS ), cr ); - end - else - begin // No - // Quarter the source and the destination, and then recurse - tm.x := ( ul.x + ur.x ) shr 1; - tm.y := ( ul.y + ur.y ) shr 1; - bm.x := ( ll.x + lr.x ) shr 1; - bm.y := ( ll.y + lr.y ) shr 1; - lm.x := ( ul.x + ll.x ) shr 1; - lm.y := ( ul.y + ll.y ) shr 1; - rm.x := ( ur.x + lr.x ) shr 1; - rm.y := ( ur.y + lr.y ) shr 1; - m.x := ( tm.x + bm.x ) shr 1; - m.y := ( tm.y + bm.y ) shr 1; - mx := ( x1 + x2 ) shr 1; - my := ( y1 + y2 ) shr 1; - CopySourceToDest( ul, tm, m, lm, x1, y1, mx, my ); - CopySourceToDest( tm, ur, rm, m, mx, y1, x2, my ); - CopySourceToDest( m, rm, lr, bm, mx, my, x2, y2 ); - CopySourceToDest( lm, m, bm, ll, x1, my, mx, y2 ); - end; - end; -var - _UL, _UR, _LR, _LL : TPoint; - Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h : integer; -begin - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - Rect_x := 0; - Rect_y := 0; - Rect_w := ( SrcSurface.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - Rect_h := ( SrcSurface.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - end - else - begin - Rect_x := SrcRect.x; - Rect_y := SrcRect.y; - Rect_w := ( SrcRect.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - Rect_h := ( SrcRect.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - end; - // Shift all values to help reduce round-off error. - _ul.x := ul.x shl SHIFTS; - _ul.y := ul.y shl SHIFTS; - _ur.x := ur.x shl SHIFTS; - _ur.y := ur.y shl SHIFTS; - _lr.x := lr.x shl SHIFTS; - _lr.y := lr.y shl SHIFTS; - _ll.x := ll.x shl SHIFTS; - _ll.y := ll.y shl SHIFTS; - CopySourceToDest( _ul, _ur, _lr, _ll, Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h ); - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); -end; - -// flips a rectangle vertically on given surface -procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - TmpRect : TSDL_Rect; - Locked : boolean; - y, FlipLength, RowLength : integer; - Row1, Row2 : Pointer; - OneRow : TByteArray; // Optimize it if you wish -begin - if DstSurface <> nil then - begin - if Rect = nil then - begin // if Rect=nil then we flip the whole surface - TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h ); - Rect := @TmpRect; - end; - FlipLength := Rect^.h shr 1 - 1; - RowLength := Rect^.w * DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel; - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - begin - Locked := true; - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - end - else - Locked := false; - Row1 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.Pitch ); - Row2 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + ( UInt32( Rect^.y ) + Rect^.h - 1 ) - * DstSurface^.Pitch ); - for y := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Move( Row1^, OneRow, RowLength ); - Move( Row2^, Row1^, RowLength ); - Move( OneRow, Row2^, RowLength ); - inc( cardinal( Row1 ), DstSurface^.Pitch ); - dec( cardinal( Row2 ), DstSurface^.Pitch ); - end; - if Locked then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -// flips a rectangle horizontally on given surface -procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); -type - T24bit = packed array[ 0..2 ] of byte; - T24bitArray = packed array[ 0..8191 ] of T24bit; - P24bitArray = ^T24bitArray; - TLongWordArray = array[ 0..8191 ] of LongWord; - PLongWordArray = ^TLongWordArray; -var - TmpRect : TSDL_Rect; - Row8bit : PByteArray; - Row16bit : PWordArray; - Row24bit : P24bitArray; - Row32bit : PLongWordArray; - y, x, RightSide, FlipLength : integer; - Pixel : cardinal; - Pixel24 : T24bit; - Locked : boolean; -begin - if DstSurface <> nil then - begin - if Rect = nil then - begin - TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h ); - Rect := @TmpRect; - end; - FlipLength := Rect^.w shr 1 - 1; - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - begin - Locked := true; - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - end - else - Locked := false; - case DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel of - 1 : - begin - Row8Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel := Row8Bit^[ x ]; - Row8Bit^[ x ] := Row8Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row8Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( cardinal( Row8Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - 2 : - begin - Row16Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel := Row16Bit^[ x ]; - Row16Bit^[ x ] := Row16Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row16Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( cardinal( Row16Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - 3 : - begin - Row24Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel24 := Row24Bit^[ x ]; - Row24Bit^[ x ] := Row24Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row24Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel24; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( cardinal( Row24Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - 4 : - begin - Row32Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel := Row32Bit^[ x ]; - Row32Bit^[ x ] := Row32Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row32Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( cardinal( Row32Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - end; - if Locked then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -// Use with caution! The procedure allocates memory for TSDL_Rect and return with its pointer. -// But you MUST free it after you don't need it anymore!!! -function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect; -var - Rect : PSDL_Rect; -begin - New( Rect ); - with Rect^ do - begin - x := aLeft; - y := aTop; - w := aWidth; - h := aHeight; - end; - Result := Rect; -end; - -function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; -begin - with result do - begin - x := aLeft; - y := aTop; - w := aWidth; - h := aHeight; - end; -end; - -function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; -begin - with aRect do - result := SDLRect( Left, Top, Right - Left, Bottom - Top ); -end; - -procedure SDL_Stretch8( Surface, Dst_Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, y2, yr, yw, - depth : integer ); -var - dx, dy, e, d, dx2 : integer; - src_pitch, dst_pitch : uint16; - src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8; -begin - if ( yw >= dst_surface^.h ) then - exit; - dx := ( x2 - x1 ); - dy := ( y2 - y1 ); - dy := dy shl 1; - e := dy - dx; - dx2 := dx shl 1; - src_pitch := Surface^.pitch; - dst_pitch := dst_surface^.pitch; - src_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + yr * src_pitch + y1 * depth ); - dst_pixels := PUint8( integer( dst_surface^.pixels ) + yw * dst_pitch + x1 * - depth ); - for d := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth ); - while ( e >= 0 ) do - begin - inc( src_pixels, depth ); - e := e - dx2; - end; - inc( dst_pixels, depth ); - e := e + dy; - end; -end; - -function sign( x : integer ) : integer; -begin - if x > 0 then - result := 1 - else - result := -1; -end; - -// Stretches a part of a surface -function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH, - Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface; -var - dst_surface : PSDL_Surface; - dx, dy, e, d, dx2, srcx2, srcy2 : integer; - destx1, desty1 : integer; -begin - srcx2 := srcx1 + SrcW; - srcy2 := srcy1 + SrcH; - result := nil; - destx1 := 0; - desty1 := 0; - dx := abs( integer( Height - desty1 ) ); - dy := abs( integer( SrcY2 - SrcY1 ) ); - e := ( dy shl 1 ) - dx; - dx2 := dx shl 1; - dy := dy shl 1; - dst_surface := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWPALETTE, width - destx1, Height - - desty1, - SrcSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, - SrcSurface^.Format^.RMask, - SrcSurface^.Format^.GMask, - SrcSurface^.Format^.BMask, - SrcSurface^.Format^.AMask ); - if ( dst_surface^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then - SDL_SetColors( dst_surface, @SrcSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 ); - SDL_SetColorKey( dst_surface, sdl_srccolorkey, SrcSurface^.format^.colorkey ); - if ( SDL_MustLock( dst_surface ) ) then - if ( SDL_LockSurface( dst_surface ) < 0 ) then - exit; - for d := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_Stretch8( SrcSurface, dst_surface, destx1, Width, SrcX1, SrcX2, SrcY1, desty1, - SrcSurface^.format^.BytesPerPixel ); - while e >= 0 do - begin - inc( SrcY1 ); - e := e - dx2; - end; - inc( desty1 ); - e := e + dy; - end; - if SDL_MUSTLOCK( dst_surface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( dst_surface ); - result := dst_surface; -end; - -procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer ); -var - r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect; - //buffer: PSDL_Surface; - YPos : Integer; -begin - if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifY <> 0 ) then - begin - //if DifY > 0 then // going up - //begin - ypos := 0; - r1.x := 0; - r2.x := 0; - r1.w := DstSurface.w; - r2.w := DstSurface.w; - r1.h := DifY; - r2.h := DifY; - while ypos < DstSurface.h do - begin - r1.y := ypos; - r2.y := ypos + DifY; - SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r2, DstSurface, @r1 ); - ypos := ypos + DifY; - end; - //end - //else - //begin // Going Down - //end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer ); -var - r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect; - buffer : PSDL_Surface; -begin - if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifX <> 0 ) then - begin - buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWSURFACE, ( DstSurface^.w - DifX ) * 2, - DstSurface^.h * 2, - DstSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, - DstSurface^.Format^.RMask, - DstSurface^.Format^.GMask, - DstSurface^.Format^.BMask, - DstSurface^.Format^.AMask ); - if buffer <> nil then - begin - if ( buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then - SDL_SetColors( buffer, @DstSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 ); - r1 := SDLRect( DifX, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h ); - r2 := SDLRect( 0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h ); - SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r1, buffer, @r2 ); - SDL_BlitSurface( buffer, @r2, DstSurface, @r2 ); - SDL_FreeSurface( buffer ); - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single ); -var - aSin, aCos : Single; - MX, MY, DX, DY, NX, NY, SX, SY, OX, OY, Width, Height, TX, TY, RX, RY, ROX, ROY : Integer; - Colour, TempTransparentColour : UInt32; - MAXX, MAXY : Integer; -begin - // Rotate the surface to the target surface. - TempTransparentColour := SrcSurface.format.colorkey; - if srcRect.w > srcRect.h then - begin - Width := srcRect.w; - Height := srcRect.w; - end - else - begin - Width := srcRect.h; - Height := srcRect.h; - end; - - maxx := DstSurface.w; - maxy := DstSurface.h; - aCos := cos( Angle ); - aSin := sin( Angle ); - - Width := round( abs( srcrect.h * acos ) + abs( srcrect.w * asin ) ); - Height := round( abs( srcrect.h * asin ) + abs( srcrect.w * acos ) ); - - OX := Width div 2; - OY := Height div 2; ; - MX := ( srcRect.x + ( srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) ) div 2; - MY := ( srcRect.y + ( srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) ) div 2; - ROX := ( -( srcRect.w div 2 ) ) + Offsetx; - ROY := ( -( srcRect.h div 2 ) ) + OffsetY; - Tx := ox + round( ROX * aSin - ROY * aCos ); - Ty := oy + round( ROY * aSin + ROX * aCos ); - SX := 0; - for DX := DestX - TX to DestX - TX + ( width ) do - begin - Inc( SX ); - SY := 0; - for DY := DestY - TY to DestY - TY + ( Height ) do - begin - RX := SX - OX; - RY := SY - OY; - NX := round( mx + RX * aSin + RY * aCos ); // - NY := round( my + RY * aSin - RX * aCos ); // - // Used for testing only - //SDL_PutPixel(DstSurface.SDLSurfacePointer,DX,DY,0); - if ( ( DX > 0 ) and ( DX < MAXX ) ) and ( ( DY > 0 ) and ( DY < MAXY ) ) then - begin - if ( NX >= srcRect.x ) and ( NX <= srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) then - begin - if ( NY >= srcRect.y ) and ( NY <= srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) then - begin - Colour := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, NX, NY ); - if Colour <> TempTransparentColour then - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, DX, DY, Colour ); - end; - end; - end; - end; - inc( SY ); - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer ); -begin - SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface, SrcRect, DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY, DegToRad( Angle ) ); -end; - -function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect; -var - RealRect : TSDL_Rect; - OutOfRange : Boolean; -begin - OutOfRange := false; - if dstrect = nil then - begin - RealRect.x := 0; - RealRect.y := 0; - RealRect.w := DstSurface.w; - RealRect.h := DstSurface.h; - end - else - begin - if dstrect.x < DstSurface.w then - begin - RealRect.x := dstrect.x; - end - else if dstrect.x < 0 then - begin - realrect.x := 0; - end - else - begin - OutOfRange := True; - end; - if dstrect.y < DstSurface.h then - begin - RealRect.y := dstrect.y; - end - else if dstrect.y < 0 then - begin - realrect.y := 0; - end - else - begin - OutOfRange := True; - end; - if OutOfRange = False then - begin - if realrect.x + dstrect.w <= DstSurface.w then - begin - RealRect.w := dstrect.w; - end - else - begin - RealRect.w := dstrect.w - realrect.x; - end; - if realrect.y + dstrect.h <= DstSurface.h then - begin - RealRect.h := dstrect.h; - end - else - begin - RealRect.h := dstrect.h - realrect.y; - end; - end; - end; - if OutOfRange = False then - begin - result := realrect; - end - else - begin - realrect.w := 0; - realrect.h := 0; - realrect.x := 0; - realrect.y := 0; - result := realrect; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); -var - RealRect : TSDL_Rect; - Addr : pointer; - ModX, BPP : cardinal; - x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal; -begin - RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect ); - if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then - begin - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP ); - ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP; - end; - case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0; - G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C; - B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 15 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00; - G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0; - B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := $7C00; - if G > $03E0 then - G := $03E0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 16 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800; - G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0; - B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := $F800; - if G > $07C0 then - G := $07C0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 24 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 32 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); -var - RealRect : TSDL_Rect; - Addr : pointer; - ModX, BPP : cardinal; - x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal; -begin - RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect ); - if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then - begin - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP ); - ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP; - end; - case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0; - G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C; - B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := 0; - if G > $1C then - G := 0; - if B > $03 then - B := 0; - PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 15 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00; - G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0; - B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := 0; - if G > $03E0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 16 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800; - G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0; - B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := 0; - if G > $07C0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 24 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 32 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle ); -var - FBC : array[ 0..255 ] of Cardinal; - // temp vars - i, YR, YG, YB, SR, SG, SB, DR, DG, DB : Integer; - - TempStepV, TempStepH : Single; - TempLeft, TempTop, TempHeight, TempWidth : integer; - TempRect : TSDL_Rect; - -begin - // calc FBC - YR := StartColor.r; - YG := StartColor.g; - YB := StartColor.b; - SR := YR; - SG := YG; - SB := YB; - DR := EndColor.r - SR; - DG := EndColor.g - SG; - DB := EndColor.b - SB; - - for i := 0 to 255 do - begin - FBC[ i ] := SDL_MapRGB( DstSurface.format, YR, YG, YB ); - YR := SR + round( DR / 255 * i ); - YG := SG + round( DG / 255 * i ); - YB := SB + round( DB / 255 * i ); - end; - - // if aStyle = 1 then begin - TempStepH := Rect.w / 255; - TempStepV := Rect.h / 255; - TempHeight := Trunc( TempStepV + 1 ); - TempWidth := Trunc( TempStepH + 1 ); - TempTop := 0; - TempLeft := 0; - TempRect.x := Rect.x; - TempRect.y := Rect.y; - TempRect.h := Rect.h; - TempRect.w := Rect.w; - - case Style of - gsHorizontal : - begin - TempRect.h := TempHeight; - for i := 0 to 255 do - begin - TempRect.y := Rect.y + TempTop; - SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] ); - TempTop := Trunc( TempStepV * i ); - end; - end; - gsVertical : - begin - TempRect.w := TempWidth; - for i := 0 to 255 do - begin - TempRect.x := Rect.x + TempLeft; - SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] ); - TempLeft := Trunc( TempStepH * i ); - end; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); -var - ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32; - SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, w, h : UInt32; -begin - if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then - exit; - if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then - exit; - if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then - exit; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Dest ); - - ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels ); - WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels ); - - SrcPitch := Src.pitch; - DestPitch := Dest.pitch; - - w := Src.w; - h := Src.h; - - case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of - 1 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - mov ebx, DestPitch - - @LoopX: - mov al, [ecx] // PUInt8(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx], al - mov [edx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx + ebx], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx + ebx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^; - - inc ecx // inc(ReadAddr); - add edx, 2 // inc(WriteAddr, 2); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - 2 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - mov ebx, DestPitch - - @LoopX: - mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx], ax - mov [edx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx + ebx], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx + ebx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - - add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2); - add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - 3 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - mov ebx, DestPitch - - @LoopX: - mov eax, [ecx] // (PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff); - and eax, $00ffffff - and dword ptr [edx], $ff000000 - or [edx], eax - and dword ptr [edx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff); - or [edx + 3], eax - and dword ptr [edx + ebx], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff); - or [edx + ebx], eax - and dword ptr [edx + ebx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff); - or [edx + ebx + 3], eax - - add ecx, 3 // inc(ReadAddr, 3); - add edx, 6 // inc(WriteAddr, 6); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - 4 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - mov ebx, DestPitch - - @LoopX: - mov eax, [ecx] // PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx], eax - mov [edx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx + ebx], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx + ebx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^; - - add ecx, 4 // inc(ReadAddr, 4); - add edx, 8 // inc(WriteAddr, 8); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - end; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest ); -end; - -procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); -var - ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32; - SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, w, h : UInt32; -begin - if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then - exit; - if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then - exit; - if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then - exit; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Dest ); - - ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels ); - WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels ); - - SrcPitch := Src.pitch; - DestPitch := Dest.pitch; - - w := Src.w; - h := Src.h; - - case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of - 1 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - - @LoopX: - mov al, [ecx] // PUInt8(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx], al - mov [edx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^; - - inc ecx // inc(ReadAddr); - add edx, 2 // inc(WriteAddr, 2); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - 2 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - - @LoopX: - mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx], ax - mov [edx + 2], eax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - - add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2); - add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - 3 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - - @LoopX: - mov eax, [ecx] // (PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff); - and eax, $00ffffff - and dword ptr [edx], $ff000000 - or [edx], eax - and dword ptr [edx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff); - or [edx + 3], eax - - add ecx, 3 // inc(ReadAddr, 3); - add edx, 6 // inc(WriteAddr, 6); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - 4 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - - @LoopX: - mov eax, [ecx] // PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx], eax - mov [edx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^; - - add ecx, 4 // inc(ReadAddr, 4); - add edx, 8 // inc(WriteAddr, 8); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - end; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest ); -end; - -procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); -var - ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32; - SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, w, h : UInt32; -begin - if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then - exit; - if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then - exit; - if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then - exit; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Dest ); - - ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels ); - WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels ); - - SrcPitch := Src.pitch; - DestPitch := Dest.pitch; - - w := Src.w; - h := Src.h; - - case Src.format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - mov ebx, DestPitch - - @LoopX: - mov al, [ecx] // PUInt8(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx], al - mov [edx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^; - shr al, 1 - and al, $6d - mov [edx + ebx], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx + ebx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^; - - inc ecx // inc(ReadAddr); - add edx, 2 // inc(WriteAddr, 2); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - 15 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - mov ebx, DestPitch - - @LoopX: - mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx], ax - mov [edx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - shr ax, 1 - and ax, $3def - mov [edx + ebx], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx + ebx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - - add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2); - add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - 16 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - mov ebx, DestPitch - - @LoopX: - mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx], ax - mov [edx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - shr ax, 1 - and ax, $7bef - mov [edx + ebx], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx + ebx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^; - - add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2); - add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - 24 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - mov ebx, DestPitch - - @LoopX: - mov eax, [ecx] // (PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff); - and eax, $00ffffff - and dword ptr [edx], $ff000000 - or [edx], eax - and dword ptr [edx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff); - or [edx + 3], eax - shr eax, 1 - and eax, $007f7f7f - and dword ptr [edx + ebx], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff); - or [edx + ebx], eax - and dword ptr [edx + ebx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff); - or [edx + ebx + 3], eax - - add ecx, 3 // inc(ReadAddr, 3); - add edx, 6 // inc(WriteAddr, 6); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - 32 : - asm - push ebx - mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do - mov y, eax - @LoopY: - mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow; - mov ReadAddr, eax - - mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow; - mov WriteAddr, eax - - mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do - mov x, eax - - mov ecx, ReadAddr - mov edx, WriteAddr - mov ebx, DestPitch - - @LoopX: - mov eax, [ecx] // PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx], eax - mov [edx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^; - shr eax, 1 - and eax, $7f7f7f7f - mov [edx + ebx], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^; - mov [edx + ebx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^; - - add ecx, 4 // inc(ReadAddr, 4); - add edx, 8 // inc(WriteAddr, 8); - - dec x - jnz @LoopX - - mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch); - add ReadRow, eax - - mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2); - add WriteRow, eax - add WriteRow, eax - - dec y - jnz @LoopY - pop ebx - end; - end; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest ); -end; - -function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : -boolean; -var - Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect; - right1, bottom1 : integer; - right2, bottom2 : integer; - Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal; - Mod1: cardinal; - Addr1 : cardinal; - BPP : cardinal; - Pitch1 : cardinal; - TransparentColor1 : cardinal; - tx, ty : cardinal; - StartTick : cardinal; - Color1 : cardinal; -begin - Result := false; - if SrcRect1 = nil then - begin - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface1.w; - h := SrcSurface1.h; - end; - end - else - Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^; - - Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^; - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - Right1 := Left1 + w; - Bottom1 := Top1 + h; - end; - with Src_Rect2 do - begin - Right2 := Left2 + w; - Bottom2 := Top2 + h; - end; - if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( -Bottom1 <= - Top2 ) then - exit; - if Left1 <= Left2 then - begin - // 1. left, 2. right - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1; - Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x; - ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2; - with Src_Rect2 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end - else - begin - // 1. right, 2. left - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x; - Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2; - ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1; - with Src_Rect1 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end; - with SrcSurface1^ do - begin - Pitch1 := Pitch; - Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels ); - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) ); - with format^ do - begin - BPP := BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor1 := colorkey; - end; - end; - - Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP ); - - inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start ); - - if Top1 <= Top2 then - begin - // 1. up, 2. down - ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h; - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) ); - end - else - begin - // 1. down, 2. up - ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h; - - end; - case BPP of - 1 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - 2 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 2 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - 3 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF; - - if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) - then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 3 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - 4 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 4 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr, TransparentColor : cardinal; - // TransparentColor: cardinal; - _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov al, [esi] // AL := source color - cmp al, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AL=0 or AL=transparent color then skip everything - cmp al, byte ptr TransparentColor - je @SkipColor - or al, [edi] - mov [edi], al - @SkipColor: - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 15 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp ax, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything - cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor - je @SkipColor - or ax, [edi] - mov [edi], ax - @SkipColor: - add esi, 2 - add edi, 2 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 16 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp ax, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything - cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor - je @SkipColor - or ax, [edi] - mov [edi], ax - @SkipColor: - add esi, 2 - add edi, 2 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 24 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 2 - add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 3 - @Loopx: - mov al, [esi] // AL := source color - or al, [edi] - mov [edi], al - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 32 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - shl ax, 2 - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 4 - @Loopx: - mov al, [esi] // AL := source color - or al, [edi] - mov [edi], al - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - -procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr, TransparentColor : cardinal; - // TransparentColor: cardinal; - _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov al, [esi] // AL := source color - cmp al, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AL=0 or AL=transparent color then skip everything - cmp al, byte ptr TransparentColor - je @SkipColor - and al, [edi] - mov [edi], al - @SkipColor: - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 15 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp ax, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything - cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor - je @SkipColor - and ax, [edi] - mov [edi], ax - @SkipColor: - add esi, 2 - add edi, 2 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 16 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - @Loopx: - mov ax, [esi] // AX := source color - cmp ax, 0 - je @SkipColor // if AX=0 then skip everything - cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor - je @SkipColor - and ax, [edi] - mov [edi], ax - @SkipColor: - add esi, 2 - add edi, 2 - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 24 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w - add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 2 - add WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 3 - @Loopx: - mov al, [esi] // AL := source color - and al, [edi] - mov [edi], al - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - 32 : - asm - mov _ebx, ebx - mov _esi, esi - mov _edi, edi - mov _esp, esp - mov esi, SrcAddr // ESI - Source Offset - mov edi, DestAddr // EDI - Destination Offset - mov ax, Src.h // WorkY := Src.h - mov WorkY, ax - @LoopY: - mov ax, Src.w - shl ax, 2 - mov WorkX, ax // WorkX := Src.w * 4 - @Loopx: - mov al, [esi] // AL := source color - and al, [edi] - mov [edi], al - inc esi - inc edi - dec WorkX - jnz @LoopX - add esi, SrcMod - add edi, DestMod - dec WorkY - jnz @LoopY - mov esp,_esp - mov edi,_edi - mov esi,_esi - mov ebx,_ebx - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - - -procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - if Pixel2 and $E0 > Pixel1 and $E0 then R := Pixel2 and $E0 else R := Pixel1 and $E0; - if Pixel2 and $1C > Pixel1 and $1C then G := Pixel2 and $1C else G := Pixel1 and $1C; - if Pixel2 and $03 > Pixel1 and $03 then B := Pixel2 and $03 else B := Pixel1 and $03; - - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $7C00 > Pixel1 and $7C00 then R := Pixel2 and $7C00 else R := Pixel1 and $7C00; - if Pixel2 and $03E0 > Pixel1 and $03E0 then G := Pixel2 and $03E0 else G := Pixel1 and $03E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $F800 > Pixel1 and $F800 then R := Pixel2 and $F800 else R := Pixel1 and $F800; - if Pixel2 and $07E0 > Pixel1 and $07E0 then G := Pixel2 and $07E0 else G := Pixel1 and $07E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B ); - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - - -procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - if Pixel2 and $E0 < Pixel1 and $E0 then R := Pixel2 and $E0 else R := Pixel1 and $E0; - if Pixel2 and $1C < Pixel1 and $1C then G := Pixel2 and $1C else G := Pixel1 and $1C; - if Pixel2 and $03 < Pixel1 and $03 then B := Pixel2 and $03 else B := Pixel1 and $03; - - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $7C00 < Pixel1 and $7C00 then R := Pixel2 and $7C00 else R := Pixel1 and $7C00; - if Pixel2 and $03E0 < Pixel1 and $03E0 then G := Pixel2 and $03E0 else G := Pixel1 and $03E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $F800 < Pixel1 and $F800 then R := Pixel2 and $F800 else R := Pixel1 and $F800; - if Pixel2 and $07E0 < Pixel1 and $07E0 then G := Pixel2 and $07E0 else G := Pixel1 and $07E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B ); - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - -function SDL_ClipLine(var x1,y1,x2,y2: Integer; ClipRect: PSDL_Rect) : boolean; -var tflag, flag1, flag2: word; - txy, xedge, yedge: Integer; - slope: single; - - function ClipCode(x,y: Integer): word; - begin - Result := 0; - if x < ClipRect.x then Result := 1; - if x >= ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x then Result := Result or 2; - if y < ClipRect.y then Result := Result or 4; - if y >= ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y then Result := Result or 8; - end; - -begin - flag1 := ClipCode(x1,y1); - flag2 := ClipCode(x2,y2); - result := true; - - while true do - begin - if (flag1 or flag2) = 0 then Exit; // all in - - if (flag1 and flag2) <> 0 then - begin - result := false; - Exit; // all out - end; - - if flag2 = 0 then - begin - txy := x1; x1 := x2; x2 := txy; - txy := y1; y1 := y2; y2 := txy; - tflag := flag1; flag1 := flag2; flag2 := tflag; - end; - - if (flag2 and 3) <> 0 then - begin - if (flag2 and 1) <> 0 then - xedge := ClipRect.x - else - xedge := ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x -1; // back 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop - - slope := (y2 - y1) / (x2 - x1); - y2 := y1 + Round(slope * (xedge - x1)); - x2 := xedge; - end - else - begin - if (flag2 and 4) <> 0 then - yedge := ClipRect.y - else - yedge := ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y -1; // up 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop - - slope := (x2 - x1) / (y2 - y1); - x2 := x1 + Round(slope * (yedge - y1)); - y2 := yedge; - end; - - flag2 := ClipCode(x2, y2); - end; -end; - -end. - - diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlinput.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlinput.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 094f4e0f..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlinput.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,923 +0,0 @@ -unit sdlinput; -{ - $Id: sdlinput.pas,v 1.9 2007/08/22 21:18:43 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ SDL Input Wrapper } -{ } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are } -{ Copyright (C) 2003 - 2100 Dominique Louis. } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ SDL Mouse, Keyboard and Joystick wrapper } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms } -{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ March 12 2003 - DL : Initial creation } -{ } -{ February 02 2004 - DL : Added Custom Cursor Support to the Mouse class } -{ - $Log: sdlinput.pas,v $ - Revision 1.9 2007/08/22 21:18:43 savage - Thanks to Dean for his MouseDelta patch. - - Revision 1.8 2005/08/03 18:57:32 savage - Various updates and additions. Mainly to handle OpenGL 3D Window support and better cursor support for the mouse class - - Revision 1.7 2004/09/30 22:32:04 savage - Updated with slightly different header comments - - Revision 1.6 2004/09/12 21:52:58 savage - Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes. - - Revision 1.5 2004/05/10 21:11:49 savage - changes required to help get SoAoS off the ground. - - Revision 1.4 2004/05/03 22:38:40 savage - Added the ability to enable or disable certain inputs @ runtime. Basically it just does not call UpdateInput if Enabled = false. - Can also disable and enable input devices via the InputManager. - - Revision 1.3 2004/04/28 21:27:01 savage - Updated Joystick code and event handlers. Needs testing... - - Revision 1.2 2004/02/14 22:36:29 savage - Fixed inconsistencies of using LoadLibrary and LoadModule. - Now all units make use of LoadModule rather than LoadLibrary and other dynamic proc procedures. - - Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage - Module 1.0 release - - -} -{******************************************************************************} - -interface - -{$i jedi-sdl.inc} - -uses - Classes, - sdl; - -type - TSDLInputType = ( itJoystick , itKeyBoard, itMouse ); - TSDLInputTypes = set of TSDLInputType; - - TSDLCustomInput = class( TObject ) - private - FEnabled: Boolean; - public - constructor Create; - function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; virtual; abstract; - property Enabled : Boolean read FEnabled write FEnabled; - end; - - TSDLJoyAxisMoveEvent = procedure ( Which: UInt8; Axis: UInt8; Value: SInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - TSDLJoyBallMoveEvent = procedure ( Which: UInt8; Ball: UInt8; RelativePos: TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - TSDLJoyHatMoveEvent = procedure ( Which: UInt8; Hat: UInt8; Value: SInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - TSDLJoyButtonEvent = procedure ( Which: UInt8; Button: UInt8; State: SInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - - - TSDLJoyStick = class( TSDLCustomInput ) - private - FJoystick : PSDL_Joystick; - FJoystickIndex : Integer; - FJoyAxisMoveEvent : TSDLJoyAxisMoveEvent; - FJoyBallMoveEvent : TSDLJoyBallMoveEvent; - FJoyHatMoveEvent : TSDLJoyHatMoveEvent; - FJoyButtonDownEvent : TSDLJoyButtonEvent; - FJoyButtonUpEvent : TSDLJoyButtonEvent; - procedure DoAxisMove( Event : TSDL_Event ); - procedure DoBallMove( Event : TSDL_Event ); - procedure DoHatMove( Event : TSDL_Event ); - procedure DoButtonDown( Event : TSDL_Event ); - procedure DoButtonUp( Event : TSDL_Event ); - function GetName: PChar; - function GetNumAxes: integer; - function GetNumBalls: integer; - function GetNumButtons: integer; - function GetNumHats: integer; - public - constructor Create( Index : Integer ); - destructor Destroy; override; - procedure Open; - procedure Close; - function UpdateInput( Event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; override; - property Name : PChar read GetName; - property NumAxes : integer read GetNumAxes; - property NumBalls : integer read GetNumBalls; - property NumButtons : integer read GetNumButtons; - property NumHats : integer read GetNumHats; - property OnAxisMove : TSDLJoyAxisMoveEvent read FJoyAxisMoveEvent write FJoyAxisMoveEvent; - property OnBallMove : TSDLJoyBallMoveEvent read FJoyBallMoveEvent write FJoyBallMoveEvent; - property OnHatMove : TSDLJoyHatMoveEvent read FJoyHatMoveEvent write FJoyHatMoveEvent; - property OnButtonDown : TSDLJoyButtonEvent read FJoyButtonDownEvent write FJoyButtonDownEvent; - property OnButtonUp : TSDLJoyButtonEvent read FJoyButtonUpEvent write FJoyButtonUpEvent; - end; - - TSDLJoySticks = class( TObject ) - private - FNumOfJoySticks: Integer; - FJoyStickList : TList; - function GetJoyStick(Index: integer): TSDLJoyStick; - procedure SetJoyStick(Index: integer; const Value: TSDLJoyStick); - public - constructor Create; - destructor Destroy; override; - function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; - property NumOfJoySticks : Integer read FNumOfJoySticks write FNumOfJoySticks; - property JoySticks[ Index : integer ] : TSDLJoyStick read GetJoyStick write SetJoyStick; - end; - - TSDLKeyBoardEvent = procedure ( var Key: TSDLKey; Shift: TSDLMod; unicode : UInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - - TSDLKeyBoard = class( TSDLCustomInput ) - private - FKeys : PKeyStateArr; - FOnKeyUp: TSDLKeyBoardEvent; - FOnKeyDown: TSDLKeyBoardEvent; - procedure DoKeyDown( keysym : PSDL_keysym ); - procedure DoKeyUp( keysym : PSDL_keysym ); - public - function IsKeyDown( Key : TSDLKey ) : Boolean; - function IsKeyUp( Key : TSDLKey ) : Boolean; - function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; override; - property Keys : PKeyStateArr read FKeys write FKeys; - property OnKeyDown : TSDLKeyBoardEvent read FOnKeyDown write FOnKeyDown; - property OnKeyUp : TSDLKeyBoardEvent read FOnKeyUp write FOnKeyUp; - end; - - TSDLMouseButtonEvent = procedure ( Button : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - TSDLMouseMoveEvent = procedure ( Shift: TSDLMod; CurrentPos : TPoint; RelativePos : TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - TSDLMouseWheelEvent = procedure ( WheelDelta : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - - TSDLCustomCursor = class( TObject ) - private - FFileName : string; - FHotPoint: TPoint; - procedure SetFileName(const aValue: string ); - function ScanForChar( str : string; ch : Char; startPos : Integer; lookFor : Boolean ) : Integer; - public - constructor Create( const aFileName : string; aHotPoint: TPoint ); - procedure LoadFromFile( const aFileName : string ); virtual; abstract; - procedure LoadFromStream( aStream : TStream ); virtual; abstract; - procedure Show; virtual; abstract; - property FileName : string read FFileName write SetFileName; - property HotPoint : TPoint read FHotPoint write FHotPoint; - end; - - TSDLXPMCursor = class( TSDLCustomCursor ) - private - FCursor : PSDL_Cursor; - procedure FreeCursor; - public - destructor Destroy; override; - procedure LoadFromFile( const aFileName : string ); override; - procedure LoadFromStream( aStream : TStream ); override; - procedure Show; override; - end; - - TSDLCursorList = class( TStringList ) - protected - function GetObject( aIndex : Integer ): TSDLCustomCursor; reintroduce; - procedure PutObject( aIndex : Integer; AObject : TSDLCustomCursor); reintroduce; - public - constructor Create; - function AddCursor(const aName : string; aObject : TSDLCustomCursor): Integer; virtual; - end; - - TSDLMouse = class( TSDLCustomInput ) - private - FDragging : Boolean; - FMousePos : TPoint; - FOnMouseUp: TSDLMouseButtonEvent; - FOnMouseDown: TSDLMouseButtonEvent; - FOnMouseMove: TSDLMouseMoveEvent; - FOnMouseWheel: TSDLMouseWheelEvent; - FCursorList : TSDLCursorList; // Cursor Pointer - procedure DoMouseMove( Event: TSDL_Event ); - procedure DoMouseDown( Event: TSDL_Event ); - procedure DoMouseUp( Event: TSDL_Event ); - procedure DoMouseWheelScroll( Event: TSDL_Event ); - function GetMousePosition: TPoint; - procedure SetMousePosition(const Value: TPoint); - function GetMouseDelta: TPoint; - public - destructor Destroy; override; - function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; override; - function MouseIsDown( Button : Integer ) : Boolean; - function MouseIsUp( Button : Integer ) : Boolean; - procedure ShowCursor; - procedure HideCursor; - property OnMouseDown : TSDLMouseButtonEvent read FOnMouseDown write FOnMouseDown; - property OnMouseUp : TSDLMouseButtonEvent read FOnMouseUp write FOnMouseUp; - property OnMouseMove : TSDLMouseMoveEvent read FOnMouseMove write FOnMouseMove; - property OnMouseWheel : TSDLMouseWheelEvent read FOnMouseWheel write FOnMouseWheel; - property MousePosition : TPoint read GetMousePosition write SetMousePosition; - property MouseDelta: TPoint read GetMouseDelta; - property Cursors : TSDLCursorList read FCursorList write FCursorList; - end; - - TSDLInputManager = class( TObject ) - private - FKeyBoard : TSDLKeyBoard; - FMouse : TSDLMouse; - FJoystick : TSDLJoysticks; - public - constructor Create( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes ); - destructor Destroy; override; - procedure Disable( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes; JoyStickNumber : Integer = 0 ); - procedure Enable( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes; JoyStickNumber : Integer = 0 ); - function UpdateInputs( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; - property KeyBoard : TSDLKeyBoard read FKeyBoard write FKeyBoard; - property Mouse : TSDLMouse read FMouse write FMouse; - property JoyStick : TSDLJoysticks read FJoyStick write FJoyStick; - end; - -implementation - -uses - SysUtils; - -{ TSDLCustomInput } -constructor TSDLCustomInput.Create; -begin - inherited; - FEnabled := true; -end; - -{ TSDLJoysticks } -constructor TSDLJoysticks.Create; -var - i : integer; -begin - inherited; - if ( SDL_WasInit( SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK ) = 0 ) then - SDL_InitSubSystem( SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK ); - FNumOfJoySticks := SDL_NumJoysticks; - FJoyStickList := TList.Create; - for i := 0 to FNumOfJoySticks - 1 do - begin - FJoyStickList.Add( TSDLJoyStick.Create( i ) ); - end; -end; - -destructor TSDLJoysticks.Destroy; -var - i : integer; -begin - if FJoyStickList.Count > 0 then - begin - for i := 0 to FJoyStickList.Count - 1 do - begin - TSDLJoyStick( FJoyStickList.Items[i] ).Free; - end; - end; - SDL_QuitSubSystem( SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK ); - inherited; -end; - -function TSDLJoySticks.GetJoyStick(Index: integer): TSDLJoyStick; -begin - Result := TSDLJoyStick( FJoyStickList[ Index ] ); -end; - -procedure TSDLJoySticks.SetJoyStick(Index: integer; - const Value: TSDLJoyStick); -begin - FJoyStickList[ Index ] := @Value; -end; - -function TSDLJoysticks.UpdateInput(event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean; -var - i : integer; -begin - result := false; - if FJoyStickList.Count > 0 then - begin - for i := 0 to FJoyStickList.Count - 1 do - begin - TSDLJoyStick( FJoyStickList.Items[i] ).UpdateInput( event ); - end; - end; -end; - -{ TSDLKeyBoard } -procedure TSDLKeyBoard.DoKeyDown(keysym: PSDL_keysym); -begin - if Assigned( FOnKeyDown ) then - FOnKeyDown( keysym.sym , keysym.modifier, keysym.unicode ); -end; - -procedure TSDLKeyBoard.DoKeyUp(keysym: PSDL_keysym); -begin - if Assigned( FOnKeyUp ) then - FOnKeyUp( keysym.sym , keysym.modifier, keysym.unicode ); -end; - -function TSDLKeyBoard.IsKeyDown( Key: TSDLKey ): Boolean; -begin - SDL_PumpEvents; - - // Populate Keys array - FKeys := PKeyStateArr( SDL_GetKeyState( nil ) ); - Result := ( FKeys[Key] = SDL_PRESSED ); -end; - -function TSDLKeyBoard.IsKeyUp( Key: TSDLKey ): Boolean; -begin - SDL_PumpEvents; - - // Populate Keys array - FKeys := PKeyStateArr( SDL_GetKeyState( nil ) ); - Result := ( FKeys[Key] = SDL_RELEASED ); -end; - -function TSDLKeyBoard.UpdateInput(event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean; -begin - result := false; - if ( FEnabled ) then - begin - case event.type_ of - SDL_KEYDOWN : - begin - // handle key presses - DoKeyDown( @event.key.keysym ); - result := true; - end; - - SDL_KEYUP : - begin - // handle key releases - DoKeyUp( @event.key.keysym ); - result := true; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -{ TSDLMouse } -destructor TSDLMouse.Destroy; -begin - - inherited; -end; - -procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseDown( Event: TSDL_Event ); -var - CurrentPos : TPoint; -begin - FDragging := true; - if Assigned( FOnMouseDown ) then - begin - CurrentPos.x := event.button.x; - CurrentPos.y := event.button.y; - FOnMouseDown( event.button.button, SDL_GetModState, CurrentPos ); - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseMove( Event: TSDL_Event ); -var - CurrentPos, RelativePos : TPoint; -begin - if Assigned( FOnMouseMove ) then - begin - CurrentPos.x := event.motion.x; - CurrentPos.y := event.motion.y; - RelativePos.x := event.motion.xrel; - RelativePos.y := event.motion.yrel; - FOnMouseMove( SDL_GetModState, CurrentPos, RelativePos ); - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseUp( event: TSDL_EVENT ); -var - Point : TPoint; -begin - FDragging := false; - if Assigned( FOnMouseUp ) then - begin - Point.x := event.button.x; - Point.y := event.button.y; - FOnMouseUp( event.button.button, SDL_GetModState, Point ); - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseWheelScroll( event: TSDL_EVENT ); -var - Point : TPoint; -begin - if Assigned( FOnMouseWheel ) then - begin - Point.x := event.button.x; - Point.y := event.button.y; - if ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP ) then - FOnMouseWheel( SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP, SDL_GetModState, Point ) - else - FOnMouseWheel( SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN, SDL_GetModState, Point ); - end; -end; - -function TSDLMouse.GetMouseDelta: TPoint; -begin - SDL_PumpEvents; - - SDL_GetRelativeMouseState( Result.X, Result.Y ); -end; - -function TSDLMouse.GetMousePosition: TPoint; -begin - SDL_PumpEvents; - - SDL_GetMouseState( FMousePos.X, FMousePos.Y ); - Result := FMousePos; -end; - -procedure TSDLMouse.HideCursor; -begin - SDL_ShowCursor( SDL_DISABLE ); -end; - -function TSDLMouse.MouseIsDown(Button: Integer): Boolean; -begin - SDL_PumpEvents; - - Result := ( SDL_GetMouseState( FMousePos.X, FMousePos.Y ) and SDL_BUTTON( Button ) = 0 ); -end; - -function TSDLMouse.MouseIsUp(Button: Integer): Boolean; -begin - SDL_PumpEvents; - - Result := not ( SDL_GetMouseState( FMousePos.X, FMousePos.Y ) and SDL_BUTTON( Button ) = 0 ); -end; - -procedure TSDLMouse.SetMousePosition(const Value: TPoint); -begin - SDL_WarpMouse( Value.x, Value.y ); -end; - -procedure TSDLMouse.ShowCursor; -begin - SDL_ShowCursor( SDL_ENABLE ); -end; - -function TSDLMouse.UpdateInput(event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean; -begin - result := false; - if ( FEnabled ) then - begin - case event.type_ of - SDL_MOUSEMOTION : - begin - // handle Mouse Move - DoMouseMove( event ); - end; - - SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN : - begin - // handle Mouse Down - if ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP ) - or ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN ) then - DoMouseWheelScroll( event ) - else - DoMouseDown( event ); - end; - - SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP : - begin - // handle Mouse Up - if ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP ) - or ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN ) then - DoMouseWheelScroll( event ) - else - DoMouseUp( event ); - end; - end; - end; -end; - -{ TSDLInputManager } -constructor TSDLInputManager.Create(InitInputs: TSDLInputTypes); -begin - inherited Create; - if itJoystick in InitInputs then - FJoystick := TSDLJoysticks.Create; - - if itKeyBoard in InitInputs then - FKeyBoard := TSDLKeyBoard.Create; - - if itMouse in InitInputs then - FMouse := TSDLMouse.Create; -end; - -destructor TSDLInputManager.Destroy; -begin - if FJoystick <> nil then - FreeAndNil( FJoystick ); - if FKeyBoard <> nil then - FreeAndNil( FKeyBoard ); - if FMouse <> nil then - FreeAndNil( FMouse ); - inherited; -end; - -procedure TSDLInputManager.Disable( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes; JoyStickNumber : Integer ); -begin - if itJoystick in InitInputs then - FJoystick.JoySticks[ JoyStickNumber ].Enabled := false; - - if itKeyBoard in InitInputs then - FKeyBoard.Enabled := false; - - if itMouse in InitInputs then - FMouse.Enabled := false; -end; - -procedure TSDLInputManager.Enable( InitInputs: TSDLInputTypes; JoyStickNumber: Integer ); -begin - if itJoystick in InitInputs then - FJoystick.JoySticks[ JoyStickNumber ].Enabled := true; - - if itKeyBoard in InitInputs then - FKeyBoard.Enabled := true; - - if itMouse in InitInputs then - FMouse.Enabled := true; -end; - -function TSDLInputManager.UpdateInputs( event: TSDL_EVENT ): Boolean; -begin - Result := false; - if ( FJoystick <> nil ) then - Result := FJoystick.UpdateInput( event ); - if ( FKeyBoard <> nil ) then - Result := FKeyBoard.UpdateInput( event ); - if ( FMouse <> nil ) then - Result := FMouse.UpdateInput( event ); -end; - -{ TSDLJoyStick } -procedure TSDLJoyStick.Close; -begin - SDL_JoystickClose( @FJoystick ); -end; - -constructor TSDLJoyStick.Create( Index : Integer ); -begin - inherited Create; - FJoystick := nil; - FJoystickIndex := Index; -end; - -destructor TSDLJoyStick.Destroy; -begin - if FJoystick <> nil then - Close; - inherited; -end; - -procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoAxisMove(Event: TSDL_Event); -begin - if Assigned( FJoyAxisMoveEvent ) then - begin - FJoyAxisMoveEvent( Event.jaxis.which, Event.jaxis.axis, Event.jaxis.value ); - end -end; - -procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoBallMove(Event: TSDL_Event); -var - BallPoint : TPoint; -begin - if Assigned( FJoyBallMoveEvent ) then - begin - BallPoint.x := Event.jball.xrel; - BallPoint.y := Event.jball.yrel; - FJoyBallMoveEvent( Event.jball.which, Event.jball.ball, BallPoint ); - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoButtonDown(Event: TSDL_Event); -begin - if Assigned( FJoyButtonDownEvent ) then - begin - if ( Event.jbutton.state = SDL_PRESSED ) then - FJoyButtonDownEvent( Event.jbutton.which, Event.jbutton.button, Event.jbutton.state ); - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoButtonUp(Event: TSDL_Event); -begin - if Assigned( FJoyButtonUpEvent ) then - begin - if ( Event.jbutton.state = SDL_RELEASED ) then - FJoyButtonUpEvent( Event.jbutton.which, Event.jbutton.button, Event.jbutton.state ); - end -end; - -procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoHatMove(Event: TSDL_Event); -begin - if Assigned( FJoyHatMoveEvent ) then - begin - FJoyHatMoveEvent( Event.jhat.which, Event.jhat.hat, Event.jhat.value ); - end; -end; - -function TSDLJoyStick.GetName: PChar; -begin - result := FJoystick.name; -end; - -function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumAxes: integer; -begin - result := FJoystick.naxes; -end; - -function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumBalls: integer; -begin - result := FJoystick.nballs; -end; - -function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumButtons: integer; -begin - result := FJoystick.nbuttons; -end; - -function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumHats: integer; -begin - result := FJoystick.nhats; -end; - -procedure TSDLJoyStick.Open; -begin - FJoystick := SDL_JoyStickOpen( FJoystickIndex ); -end; - -function TSDLJoyStick.UpdateInput(Event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean; -begin - Result := false; - - if ( FEnabled ) then - begin - case event.type_ of - SDL_JOYAXISMOTION : - begin - DoAxisMove( Event ); - end; - - SDL_JOYBALLMOTION : - begin - DoBallMove( Event ); - end; - - SDL_JOYHATMOTION : - begin - DoHatMove( Event ); - end; - - SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN : - begin - DoButtonDown( Event ); - end; - - SDL_JOYBUTTONUP : - begin - DoButtonUp( Event ); - end; - end; - end; -end; - -{ TSDLCustomCursor } - -constructor TSDLCustomCursor.Create(const aFileName: string; aHotPoint: TPoint); -begin - inherited Create; - FHotPoint := aHotPoint; - LoadFromFile( aFileName ); -end; - -function TSDLCustomCursor.ScanForChar(str: string; ch: Char; - startPos: Integer; lookFor: Boolean): Integer; -begin - Result := -1; - while ( ( ( str[ startPos ] = ch ) <> lookFor ) and ( startPos < Length( str ) ) ) do - inc( startPos ); - if startPos <> Length( str ) then - Result := startPos; -end; - -procedure TSDLCustomCursor.SetFileName(const aValue: string); -begin - LoadFromFile( aValue ); -end; - -{ TSDLXPMCursor } - -destructor TSDLXPMCursor.Destroy; -begin - FreeCursor; - inherited; -end; - -procedure TSDLXPMCursor.FreeCursor; -begin - if FCursor <> nil then - begin - SDL_FreeCursor( FCursor ); - FFileName := ''; - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLXPMCursor.LoadFromFile(const aFileName: string); -var - xpmFile : Textfile; - step : Integer; - holdPos : Integer; - counter : Integer; - dimensions : array[ 1..3 ] of Integer; - clr, clrNone, clrBlack, clrWhite : Char; - data, mask : array of UInt8; - i, col : Integer; - LineString : string; -begin - FreeCursor; - AssignFile( xpmFile, aFileName ); - Reset( xpmFile ); - step := 0; - i := -1; - clrBlack := 'X'; - clrWhite := ','; - clrNone := ' '; - counter := 0; - while not ( eof( xpmFile ) ) do - begin - Readln( xpmFile, LineString ); - // scan for strings - if LineString[ 1 ] = '"' then - begin - case step of - 0 : // Get dimensions (should be width height number-of-colors ???) - begin - HoldPos := 2; - counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', HoldPos, False ); - counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, True ); - dimensions[ 1 ] := StrToInt( Copy( LineString, HoldPos, counter - HoldPos ) ); - counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, False ); - holdPos := counter; - counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, True ); - dimensions[ 2 ] := StrToInt( Copy( LineString, holdPos, counter - HoldPos ) ); - counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, False ); - holdPos := counter; - counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, True ); - dimensions[ 3 ] := StrToInt( Copy( LineString, holdPos, counter - HoldPos ) ); - step := 1; - SetLength( data, ( dimensions[ 1 ] * dimensions[ 2 ] ) div 8 ); - SetLength( mask, ( dimensions[ 1 ] * dimensions[ 2 ] ) div 8 ); - //Log.LogStatus( 'Length = ' + IntToStr( ( dimensions[ 1 ] * dimensions[ 2 ] ) div 8 ), 'LoadCursorFromFile' ); - end; - 1 : // get the symbols for transparent, black and white - begin - // get the symbol for the color - clr := LineString[ 2 ]; - // look for the 'c' symbol - counter := ScanForChar( LineString, 'c', 3, True ); - inc( counter ); - counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, False ); - if LowerCase( Copy( LineString, counter, 4 ) ) = 'none' then - begin - clrNone := clr; - end; - if LowerCase( Copy( LineString, counter, 7 ) ) = '#ffffff' then - begin - clrWhite := clr; - end; - if LowerCase( Copy( LineString, counter, 7 ) ) = '#000000' then - begin - clrBlack := clr; - end; - dec( dimensions[ 3 ] ); - if dimensions[ 3 ] = 0 then - begin - step := 2; - counter := 0; - end; - end; - 2 : // get cursor information -- modified from the SDL - // documentation of SDL_CreateCursor. - begin - for col := 1 to dimensions[1] do - begin - if ( ( col mod 8 ) <> 1 ) then - begin - data[ i ] := data[ i ] shl 1; - mask[ i ] := mask[ i ] shl 1; - end - else - begin - inc( i ); - data[ i ] := 0; - mask[ i ] := 0; - end; - if LineString[ col ] = clrWhite then - begin - mask[ i ] := mask[ i ] or $01; - end - else if LineString[ col ] = clrBlack then - begin - data[ i ] := data[ i ] or $01; - mask[ i ] := mask[ i ] or $01; - end - else if LineString[ col + 1 ] = clrNone then - begin - // - end; - end; - inc(counter); - if counter = dimensions[2] then - step := 4; - end; - end; - end; - end; - CloseFile( xpmFile ); - FCursor := SDL_CreateCursor( PUInt8( data ), PUInt8( mask ), dimensions[ 1 ], dimensions[ 2 ], FHotPoint.x, FHotPoint.y ); -end; - -procedure TSDLXPMCursor.LoadFromStream(aStream: TStream); -begin - inherited; - -end; - -procedure TSDLXPMCursor.Show; -begin - inherited; - SDL_SetCursor( FCursor ); -end; - -{ TSDLCursorList } -function TSDLCursorList.AddCursor(const aName : string; aObject : TSDLCustomCursor): Integer; -begin - result := inherited AddObject( aName, aObject ); -end; - -constructor TSDLCursorList.Create; -begin - inherited; - Duplicates := dupIgnore; -end; - -function TSDLCursorList.GetObject(aIndex: Integer): TSDLCustomCursor; -begin - result := TSDLCustomCursor( inherited GetObject( aIndex ) ); -end; - -procedure TSDLCursorList.PutObject(aIndex: Integer; aObject: TSDLCustomCursor); -begin - inherited PutObject( aIndex, aObject ); -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlstreams.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlstreams.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 8ba3946f..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlstreams.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -unit sdlstreams; -{ - $Id: sdlstreams.pas,v 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************} -{ } -{ SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Sam Lantinga } -{ } -{ Portions created by Chris Bruner are } -{ Copyright (C) 2002 Chris Bruner. } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/NPL-1_1Final.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ Shows how to use OpenGL to do 2D and 3D with the SDL libraries } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ SDL runtime libary somewhere in your path } -{ The Latest SDL runtime can be found on http://www.libsdl.org } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ January 11 2002 - CB : Software embraced and extended by } -{ Chris Bruner of Crystal Software } -{ (Canada) Inc. } -{ } -{ February 11 2002 - DL : Added FreePascal support as suggested } -{ by "QuePasha Pepe" <mrkroket@hotmail.com> } -{ } -{******************************************************************} -{ - $Log: sdlstreams.pas,v $ - Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage - Module 1.0 release - - -} - -{$i jedi-sdl.inc} - -interface - -uses - Classes, - SysUtils, - sdl, - sdlutils; - -{$IFDEF FPC} -type - EinvalidContainer=class(Exception); - {$ENDIF} - -function LoadSDLBMPFromStream( Stream : TStream ) : PSDL_Surface; -procedure SaveSDLBMPToStream( SDL_Surface : PSDL_Surface; stream : TStream ); -function SDL_Swap16( D : UInt16 ) : Uint16; -function SDL_Swap32( D : UInt32 ) : Uint32; -function SDLStreamSetup( stream : TStream ) : PSDL_RWops; -// this only closes the SDL_RWops part of the stream, not the stream itself -procedure SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops ); - -implementation - -function SDL_Swap16( D : UInt16 ) : Uint16; -begin - Result := ( D shl 8 ) or ( D shr 8 ); -end; - -function SDL_Swap32( D : UInt32 ) : Uint32; -begin - Result := ( ( D shl 24 ) or ( ( D shl 8 ) and $00FF0000 ) or ( ( D shr 8 ) and $0000FF00 ) or ( D shr 24 ) ); -end; - -(*function SDL_Swap64(D : UInt64) : Uint64; -var hi,lo : Uint32; -begin - // Separate into high and low 32-bit resultues and swap them - lo := Uint32(D and $0FFFFFFFF); // bloody pascal is too tight in it's type checking! - D := D shr 32; - hi = Uint32((D and $FFFFFFFF)); - result = SDL_Swap32(lo); - result := result shl 32; - result := result or SDL_Swap32(hi); -end; -*) - -function SdlStreamSeek( context : PSDL_RWops; offset : Integer; whence : Integer ) : integer; cdecl; -var - stream : TStream; - origin : Word; -begin - stream := TStream( context.unknown ); - if ( stream = nil ) then - raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamSeek on nil' ); - case whence of - 0 : origin := soFromBeginning; // Offset is from the beginning of the resource. Seek moves to the position Offset. Offset must be >= 0. - 1 : origin := soFromCurrent; // Offset is from the current position in the resource. Seek moves to Position + Offset. - 2 : origin := soFromEnd; - else - origin := soFromBeginning; // just in case - end; - Result := stream.Seek( offset, origin ); -end; - -function SDLStreamWrite( context : PSDL_RWops; Ptr : Pointer; - size : Integer; num : Integer ) : Integer; cdecl; -var - stream : TStream; -begin - stream := TStream( context.unknown ); - if ( stream = nil ) then - raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamWrite on nil' ); - try - Result := stream.Write( Ptr^, Size * num ) div size; - except - Result := -1; - end; -end; - -function SdlStreamRead( context : PSDL_RWops; Ptr : Pointer; size : Integer; maxnum - : Integer ) : Integer; cdecl; -var - stream : TStream; -begin - stream := TStream( context.unknown ); - if ( stream = nil ) then - raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamRead on nil' ); - try - Result := stream.read( Ptr^, Size * maxnum ) div size; - except - Result := -1; - end; -end; - -function SDLStreamClose( context : PSDL_RWops ) : Integer; cdecl; -var - stream : TStream; -begin - stream := TStream( context.unknown ); - if ( stream = nil ) then - raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamClose on nil' ); - stream.Free; - Result := 1; -end; - -function SDLStreamSetup( stream : TStream ) : PSDL_RWops; -begin - result := SDL_AllocRW; - if ( result = nil ) then - raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'could not create SDLStream on nil' ); - result.unknown := TUnknown( stream ); - result.seek := SDLStreamSeek; - result.read := SDLStreamRead; - result.write := SDLStreamWrite; - result.close := SDLStreamClose; - Result.type_ := 2; // TUnknown -end; - -// this only closes the SDL part of the stream, not the context - -procedure SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops ); -begin - SDL_FreeRW( SDL_RWops ); -end; - -function LoadSDLBMPFromStream( stream : TStream ) : PSDL_Surface; -var - SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops; -begin - SDL_RWops := SDLStreamSetup( stream ); - result := SDL_LoadBMP_RW( SDL_RWops, 0 ); - SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops ); -end; - -procedure SaveSDLBMPToStream( SDL_Surface : PSDL_Surface; stream : TStream ); -var - SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops; -begin - SDL_RWops := SDLStreamSetup( stream ); - SDL_SaveBMP_RW( SDL_Surface, SDL_RWops, 0 ); - SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops ); -end; - -end. - diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlticks.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlticks.pas deleted file mode 100644 index a479b493..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlticks.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -unit sdlticks; -{ - $Id: sdlticks.pas,v 1.2 2006/11/08 08:22:48 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ SDL GetTicks Class Wrapper } -{ } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are } -{ Copyright (C) 2004 - 2100 Dominique Louis. } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ SDL Window Wrapper } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms } -{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ } -{ September 23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation } -{ - $Log: sdlticks.pas,v $ - Revision 1.2 2006/11/08 08:22:48 savage - updates tp sdlgameinterface and sdlticks functions. - - Revision 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage - Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working. - -} -{******************************************************************************} - -interface - -uses - sdl; - -type - TSDLTicks = class - private - FStartTime : UInt32; - FTicksPerSecond : UInt32; - FElapsedLastTime : UInt32; - FFPSLastTime : UInt32; - FLockFPSLastTime : UInt32; - public - constructor Create; - destructor Destroy; override; // destructor - - {***************************************************************************** - Init - If the hi-res timer is present, the tick rate is stored and the function - returns true. Otherwise, the function returns false, and the timer should - not be used. - *****************************************************************************} - function Init : boolean; - - {*************************************************************************** - GetGetElapsedSeconds - Returns the Elapsed time, since the function was last called. - ***************************************************************************} - function GetElapsedSeconds : Single; - - {*************************************************************************** - GetFPS - Returns the average frames per second. - If this is not called every frame, the client should track the number - of frames itself, and reset the value after this is called. - ***************************************************************************} - function GetFPS : single; - - {*************************************************************************** - LockFPS - Used to lock the frame rate to a set amount. This will block until enough - time has passed to ensure that the fps won't go over the requested amount. - Note that this can only keep the fps from going above the specified level; - it can still drop below it. It is assumed that if used, this function will - be called every frame. The value returned is the instantaneous fps, which - will be less than or equal to the targetFPS. - ***************************************************************************} - procedure LockFPS( targetFPS : Byte ); - end; - -implementation - -{ TSDLTicks } -constructor TSDLTicks.Create; -begin - inherited; - FTicksPerSecond := 1000; -end; - -destructor TSDLTicks.Destroy; -begin - inherited; -end; - -function TSDLTicks.GetElapsedSeconds : Single; -var - currentTime : Cardinal; -begin - currentTime := SDL_GetTicks; - - result := ( currentTime - FElapsedLastTime ) / FTicksPerSecond; - - // reset the timer - FElapsedLastTime := currentTime; -end; - -function TSDLTicks.GetFPS : Single; -var - currentTime, FrameTime : UInt32; - fps : single; -begin - currentTime := SDL_GetTicks; - - FrameTime := ( currentTime - FFPSLastTime ); - - if FrameTime = 0 then - FrameTime := 1; - - fps := FTicksPerSecond / FrameTime; - - // reset the timer - FFPSLastTime := currentTime; - result := fps; -end; - -function TSDLTicks.Init : boolean; -begin - FStartTime := SDL_GetTicks; - FElapsedLastTime := FStartTime; - FFPSLastTime := FStartTime; - FLockFPSLastTime := FStartTime; - result := true; -end; - -procedure TSDLTicks.LockFPS( targetFPS : Byte ); -var - currentTime : UInt32; - targetTime : single; -begin - if ( targetFPS = 0 ) then - targetFPS := 1; - - targetTime := FTicksPerSecond / targetFPS; - - // delay to maintain a constant frame rate - repeat - currentTime := SDL_GetTicks; - until ( ( currentTime - FLockFPSLastTime ) > targetTime ); - - // reset the timer - FLockFPSLastTime := currentTime; -end; - -end. - -
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas deleted file mode 100644 index e01f3cdb..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4363 +0,0 @@ -unit sdlutils; -{ - $Id: sdlutils.pas,v 1.5 2006/11/19 18:56:44 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ SDL Utility functions } -{ } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Tom Jones are } -{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Tom Jones. } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ Róbert Kisnémeth <mikrobi@freemail.hu> } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ Helper functions... } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms } -{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ 2000 - TJ : Initial creation } -{ } -{ July 13 2001 - DL : Added PutPixel and GetPixel routines. } -{ } -{ Sept 14 2001 - RK : Added flipping routines. } -{ } -{ Sept 19 2001 - RK : Added PutPixel & line drawing & blitting with ADD } -{ effect. Fixed a bug in SDL_PutPixel & SDL_GetPixel } -{ Added PSDLRect() } -{ Sept 22 2001 - DL : Removed need for Windows.pas by defining types here} -{ Also removed by poor attempt or a dialog box } -{ } -{ Sept 25 2001 - RK : Added PixelTest, NewPutPixel, SubPixel, SubLine, } -{ SubSurface, MonoSurface & TexturedSurface } -{ } -{ Sept 26 2001 - DL : Made change so that it refers to native Pascal } -{ types rather that Windows types. This makes it more} -{ portable to Linix. } -{ } -{ Sept 27 2001 - RK : SDLUtils now can be compiled with FreePascal } -{ } -{ Oct 27 2001 - JF : Added ScrollY function } -{ } -{ Jan 21 2002 - RK : Added SDL_ZoomSurface and SDL_WarpSurface } -{ } -{ Mar 28 2002 - JF : Added SDL_RotateSurface } -{ } -{ May 13 2002 - RK : Improved SDL_FillRectAdd & SDL_FillRectSub } -{ } -{ May 27 2002 - YS : GradientFillRect function } -{ } -{ May 30 2002 - RK : Added SDL_2xBlit, SDL_Scanline2xBlit } -{ & SDL_50Scanline2xBlit } -{ } -{ June 12 2002 - RK : Added SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect } -{ } -{ June 12 2002 - JF : Updated SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect } -{ } -{ November 9 2002 - JF : Added Jason's boolean Surface functions } -{ } -{ December 10 2002 - DE : Added Dean's SDL_ClipLine function } -{ } -{ April 26 2003 - SS : Incorporated JF's changes to SDL_ClipLine } -{ Fixed SDL_ClipLine bug for non-zero cliprect x, y } -{ Added overloaded SDL_DrawLine for dashed lines } -{ } -{******************************************************************************} -{ - $Log: sdlutils.pas,v $ - Revision 1.5 2006/11/19 18:56:44 savage - Removed Hints and Warnings. - - Revision 1.4 2004/06/02 19:38:53 savage - Changes to SDL_GradientFillRect as suggested by - Ángel Eduardo García Hernández. Many thanks. - - Revision 1.3 2004/05/29 23:11:54 savage - Changes to SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect as suggested by - Ángel Eduardo García Hernández to fix a colour issue with the function. Many thanks. - - Revision 1.2 2004/02/14 00:23:39 savage - As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change. - - Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage - Module 1.0 release - - -} - -interface - -{$I jedi-sdl.inc} - -uses -{$IFDEF UNIX} - Types, -{$IFNDEF DARWIN} - Xlib, -{$ENDIF} -{$ENDIF} - SysUtils, - sdl; - -type - TGradientStyle = ( gsHorizontal, gsVertical ); - -// Pixel procedures -function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 : - PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : Boolean; - -function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32; - -procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel : - Uint32 ); - -procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color : - cardinal ); - -procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color : - cardinal ); - -// Line procedures -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); overload; - -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload; - -procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); - -procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); - -// Surface procedures -procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal ); - -procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface; - TextureRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint ); - -// Flip procedures -procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); - -function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect; - -function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; overload; - -function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; overload; - -function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH, - Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface; - -procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer ); - -procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer ); - -procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer ); - -procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single ); - -function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect; - -// Fill Rect routine -procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); - -procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); - -procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle ); - -// NOTE for All SDL_2xblit... function : the dest surface must be 2x of the source surface! -procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); - -procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); - -procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); - -// -function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : - PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : - boolean; - -// Jason's boolean Surface functions -procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - - -procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); - -function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean; - -implementation - -uses - Math; - -function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 : - PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : boolean; -var - Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect; - right1, bottom1 : integer; - right2, bottom2 : integer; - Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal; - Mod1, Mod2 : cardinal; - Addr1, Addr2 : PtrUInt; - BPP : cardinal; - Pitch1, Pitch2 : cardinal; - TransparentColor1, TransparentColor2 : cardinal; - tx, ty : cardinal; -// StartTick : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable - Color1, Color2 : cardinal; -begin - Result := false; - if SrcRect1 = nil then - begin - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface1.w; - h := SrcSurface1.h; - end; - end - else - Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^; - if SrcRect2 = nil then - begin - with Src_Rect2 do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface2.w; - h := SrcSurface2.h; - end; - end - else - Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^; - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - Right1 := Left1 + w; - Bottom1 := Top1 + h; - end; - with Src_Rect2 do - begin - Right2 := Left2 + w; - Bottom2 := Top2 + h; - end; - if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <= - Top2 ) then - exit; - if Left1 <= Left2 then - begin - // 1. left, 2. right - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1; - Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x; - ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2; - with Src_Rect2 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end - else - begin - // 1. right, 2. left - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x; - Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2; - ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1; - with Src_Rect1 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end; - with SrcSurface1^ do - begin - Pitch1 := Pitch; - Addr1 := PtrUInt( Pixels ); - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) ); - with format^ do - begin - BPP := BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor1 := colorkey; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface2^ do - begin - TransparentColor2 := format.colorkey; - Pitch2 := Pitch; - Addr2 := PtrUInt( Pixels ); - inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Src_Rect2.y ) ); - end; - Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP ); - Mod2 := Pitch2 - ( ScanWidth * BPP ); - inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start ); - inc( Addr2, BPP * Scan2Start ); - if Top1 <= Top2 then - begin - // 1. up, 2. down - ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h; - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) ); - end - else - begin - // 1. down, 2. up - ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h; - inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Top1 - Top2 ) ); - end; - case BPP of - 1 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PByte( Addr2 )^ <> - TransparentColor2 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1 ); - inc( Addr2 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - 2 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PWord( Addr2 )^ <> - TransparentColor2 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 2 ); - inc( Addr2, 2 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - 3 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF; - Color2 := PLongWord( Addr2 )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( Color2 <> TransparentColor2 ) - then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 3 ); - inc( Addr2, 3 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - 4 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PLongWord( Addr2 )^ <> - TransparentColor2 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 4 ); - inc( Addr2, 4 ); - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - inc( Addr2, Mod2 ); - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color : - cardinal ); -var - SrcColor : cardinal; - Addr : PtrUInt; - R, G, B : cardinal; -begin - if Color = 0 then - exit; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - Addr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - case format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0; - G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C; - B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 15 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00; - G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0; - B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := $7C00; - if G > $03E0 then - G := $03E0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 16 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800; - G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0; - B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := $F800; - if G > $07C0 then - G := $07C0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 24 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B; - end; - 32 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color : - cardinal ); -var - SrcColor : cardinal; - Addr : PtrUInt; - R, G, B : cardinal; -begin - if Color = 0 then - exit; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - Addr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - case format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0; - G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C; - B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := 0; - if G > $1C then - G := 0; - if B > $03 then - B := 0; - PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 15 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00; - G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0; - B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := 0; - if G > $03E0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 16 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800; - G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0; - B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := 0; - if G > $07C0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - 24 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B; - end; - 32 : - begin - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - end; - end; -end; -// This procedure works on 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32 bits color depth surfaces. -// In 8 bit color depth mode the procedure works with the default packed -// palette (RRRGGGBB). It handles all clipping. - -procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel1 and $E0 + Pixel2 and $E0; - G := Pixel1 and $1C + Pixel2 and $1C; - B := Pixel1 and $03 + Pixel2 and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel1 and $7C00 + Pixel2 and $7C00; - G := Pixel1 and $03E0 + Pixel2 and $03E0; - B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := $7C00; - if G > $03E0 then - G := $03E0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel1 and $F800 + Pixel2 and $F800; - G := Pixel1 and $07E0 + Pixel2 and $07E0; - B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := $F800; - if G > $07E0 then - G := $07E0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000; - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00; - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B ); - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000; - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00; - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - -procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt; -//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi) - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel2 and $E0 - Pixel1 and $E0; - G := Pixel2 and $1C - Pixel1 and $1C; - B := Pixel2 and $03 - Pixel1 and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := 0; - if G > $1C then - G := 0; - if B > $03 then - B := 0; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel2 and $7C00 - Pixel1 and $7C00; - G := Pixel2 and $03E0 - Pixel1 and $03E0; - B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := 0; - if G > $03E0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel2 and $F800 - Pixel1 and $F800; - G := Pixel2 and $07E0 - Pixel1 and $07E0; - B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := 0; - if G > $07E0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000; - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00; - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B ); - end; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000; - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00; - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - -procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal ); -var - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt; -//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi) - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - TransparentColor, SrcColor : cardinal; - BPP : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - BPP := DestSurface.Format.BytesPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case BPP of - 1 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 2 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 3 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or SrcColor; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 4 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; -// TextureRect.w and TextureRect.h are not used. -// The TextureSurface's size MUST larger than the drawing rectangle!!! - -procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface; - TextureRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr, TextAddr : PtrUInt; -//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*}: cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi) - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod, TextMod : cardinal; -SrcColor, TransparentColor{*, TextureColor*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (TextureColor) - BPP : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - BPP := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - with Texture^ do - begin - TextAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( TextureRect.y ) * Pitch + - UInt32( TextureRect.x ) * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TextMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( Texture ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case BPP of - 1 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := PUint8( TextAddr )^; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - inc( TextAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - inc( TextAddr, TextMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 2 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := PUInt16( TextAddr )^; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - inc( TextAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - inc( TextAddr, TextMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 3 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or ( PUInt32( TextAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ); - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - inc( TextAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - inc( TextAddr, TextMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 4 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( TextAddr )^; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - inc( TextAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - inc( TextAddr, TextMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( Texture ); -end; - -procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - xc, yc : cardinal; - rx, wx, ry, wy, ry16 : cardinal; - color : cardinal; - modx, mody : cardinal; -begin - // Warning! No checks for surface pointers!!! - if srcrect = nil then - srcrect := @SrcSurface.clip_rect; - if dstrect = nil then - dstrect := @DstSurface.clip_rect; - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - modx := trunc( ( srcrect.w / dstrect.w ) * 65536 ); - mody := trunc( ( srcrect.h / dstrect.h ) * 65536 ); - //rx := srcrect.x * 65536; - ry := srcrect.y * 65536; - wy := dstrect.y; - for yc := 0 to dstrect.h - 1 do - begin - rx := srcrect.x * 65536; - wx := dstrect.x; - ry16 := ry shr 16; - for xc := 0 to dstrect.w - 1 do - begin - color := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, rx shr 16, ry16 ); - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, wx, wy, color ); - rx := rx + modx; - inc( wx ); - end; - ry := ry + mody; - inc( wy ); - end; - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); -end; -// Re-map a rectangular area into an area defined by four vertices -// Converted from C to Pascal by KiCHY - -procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint ); -const - SHIFTS = 15; // Extend ints to limit round-off error (try 2 - 20) - THRESH = 1 shl SHIFTS; // Threshold for pixel size value - procedure CopySourceToDest( UL, UR, LR, LL : TPoint; x1, y1, x2, y2 : cardinal ); - var - tm, lm, rm, bm, m : TPoint; - mx, my : cardinal; - cr : cardinal; - begin - // Does the destination area specify a single pixel? - if ( ( abs( ul.x - ur.x ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.x - lr.x ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.x - ll.x ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.y - ur.y ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.y - lr.y ) < THRESH ) and - ( abs( ul.y - ll.y ) < THRESH ) ) then - begin // Yes - cr := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, ( x1 shr SHIFTS ), ( y1 shr SHIFTS ) ); - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, ( ul.x shr SHIFTS ), ( ul.y shr SHIFTS ), cr ); - end - else - begin // No - // Quarter the source and the destination, and then recurse - tm.x := ( ul.x + ur.x ) shr 1; - tm.y := ( ul.y + ur.y ) shr 1; - bm.x := ( ll.x + lr.x ) shr 1; - bm.y := ( ll.y + lr.y ) shr 1; - lm.x := ( ul.x + ll.x ) shr 1; - lm.y := ( ul.y + ll.y ) shr 1; - rm.x := ( ur.x + lr.x ) shr 1; - rm.y := ( ur.y + lr.y ) shr 1; - m.x := ( tm.x + bm.x ) shr 1; - m.y := ( tm.y + bm.y ) shr 1; - mx := ( x1 + x2 ) shr 1; - my := ( y1 + y2 ) shr 1; - CopySourceToDest( ul, tm, m, lm, x1, y1, mx, my ); - CopySourceToDest( tm, ur, rm, m, mx, y1, x2, my ); - CopySourceToDest( m, rm, lr, bm, mx, my, x2, y2 ); - CopySourceToDest( lm, m, bm, ll, x1, my, mx, y2 ); - end; - end; -var - _UL, _UR, _LR, _LL : TPoint; - Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h : integer; -begin - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - Rect_x := 0; - Rect_y := 0; - Rect_w := ( SrcSurface.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - Rect_h := ( SrcSurface.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - end - else - begin - Rect_x := SrcRect.x; - Rect_y := SrcRect.y; - Rect_w := ( SrcRect.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - Rect_h := ( SrcRect.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS; - end; - // Shift all values to help reduce round-off error. - _ul.x := ul.x shl SHIFTS; - _ul.y := ul.y shl SHIFTS; - _ur.x := ur.x shl SHIFTS; - _ur.y := ur.y shl SHIFTS; - _lr.x := lr.x shl SHIFTS; - _lr.y := lr.y shl SHIFTS; - _ll.x := ll.x shl SHIFTS; - _ll.y := ll.y shl SHIFTS; - CopySourceToDest( _ul, _ur, _lr, _ll, Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h ); - if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); -end; - -// Draw a line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface -// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! - -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer; -begin - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -// Draw a dashed line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface -// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! - -procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload; -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py, counter : integer; drawdash : boolean; -begin - counter := 0; - drawdash := true; //begin line drawing with dash - - //Avoid invalid user-passed dash parameters - if ( DashLength < 1 ) - then - DashLength := 1; - if ( DashSpace < 1 ) - then - DashSpace := 0; - - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - - //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces - if drawdash then - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - inc( counter ); - if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then - begin - drawdash := false; - counter := 0; - end; - end - else //space - begin - inc( counter ); - if counter > DashSpace - 1 then - begin - drawdash := true; - counter := 0; - end; - end; - - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - - //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces - if drawdash then - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - inc( counter ); - if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then - begin - drawdash := false; - counter := 0; - end; - end - else //space - begin - inc( counter ); - if counter > DashSpace - 1 then - begin - drawdash := true; - counter := 0; - end; - end; - - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer; -begin - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color : - cardinal ); -var - dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer; -begin - dx := x2 - x1; - dy := y2 - y1; - if dx < 0 then - sdx := -1 - else - sdx := 1; - if dy < 0 then - sdy := -1 - else - sdy := 1; - dx := sdx * dx + 1; - dy := sdy * dy + 1; - x := 0; - y := 0; - px := x1; - py := y1; - if dx >= dy then - begin - for x := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - y := y + dy; - if y >= dx then - begin - y := y - dx; - py := py + sdy; - end; - px := px + sdx; - end; - end - else - begin - for y := 0 to dy - 1 do - begin - SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color ); - x := x + dx; - if x >= dy then - begin - x := x - dy; - px := px + sdx; - end; - py := py + sdy; - end; - end; -end; - -// flips a rectangle vertically on given surface - -procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - TmpRect : TSDL_Rect; - Locked : boolean; - y, FlipLength, RowLength : integer; - Row1, Row2 : Pointer; - OneRow : TByteArray; // Optimize it if you wish -begin - if DstSurface <> nil then - begin - if Rect = nil then - begin // if Rect=nil then we flip the whole surface - TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h ); - Rect := @TmpRect; - end; - FlipLength := Rect^.h shr 1 - 1; - RowLength := Rect^.w * DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel; - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - begin - Locked := true; - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - end - else - Locked := false; - Row1 := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.Pitch ); - Row2 := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + ( UInt32( Rect^.y ) + Rect^.h - 1 ) - * DstSurface^.Pitch ); - for y := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Move( Row1^, OneRow, RowLength ); - Move( Row2^, Row1^, RowLength ); - Move( OneRow, Row2^, RowLength ); - inc( PtrUInt( Row1 ), DstSurface^.Pitch ); - dec( PtrUInt( Row2 ), DstSurface^.Pitch ); - end; - if Locked then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -// flips a rectangle horizontally on given surface - -procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect ); -type - T24bit = packed array[ 0..2 ] of byte; - T24bitArray = packed array[ 0..8191 ] of T24bit; - P24bitArray = ^T24bitArray; - TLongWordArray = array[ 0..8191 ] of LongWord; - PLongWordArray = ^TLongWordArray; -var - TmpRect : TSDL_Rect; - Row8bit : PByteArray; - Row16bit : PWordArray; - Row24bit : P24bitArray; - Row32bit : PLongWordArray; - y, x, RightSide, FlipLength : integer; - Pixel : cardinal; - Pixel24 : T24bit; - Locked : boolean; -begin - if DstSurface <> nil then - begin - if Rect = nil then - begin - TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h ); - Rect := @TmpRect; - end; - FlipLength := Rect^.w shr 1 - 1; - if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then - begin - Locked := true; - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - end - else - Locked := false; - case DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel of - 1 : - begin - Row8Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel := Row8Bit^[ x ]; - Row8Bit^[ x ] := Row8Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row8Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Row8Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - 2 : - begin - Row16Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel := Row16Bit^[ x ]; - Row16Bit^[ x ] := Row16Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row16Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Row16Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - 3 : - begin - Row24Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel24 := Row24Bit^[ x ]; - Row24Bit^[ x ] := Row24Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row24Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel24; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Row24Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - 4 : - begin - Row32Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) * - DstSurface^.pitch ); - for y := 1 to Rect^.h do - begin - RightSide := Rect^.w - 1; - for x := 0 to FlipLength do - begin - Pixel := Row32Bit^[ x ]; - Row32Bit^[ x ] := Row32Bit^[ RightSide ]; - Row32Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel; - dec( RightSide ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Row32Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch ); - end; - end; - end; - if Locked then - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -// Use with caution! The procedure allocates memory for TSDL_Rect and return with its pointer. -// But you MUST free it after you don't need it anymore!!! - -function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect; -var - Rect : PSDL_Rect; -begin - New( Rect ); - with Rect^ do - begin - x := aLeft; - y := aTop; - w := aWidth; - h := aHeight; - end; - Result := Rect; -end; - -function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; -begin - with result do - begin - x := aLeft; - y := aTop; - w := aWidth; - h := aHeight; - end; -end; - -function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; -begin - with aRect do - result := SDLRect( Left, Top, Right - Left, Bottom - Top ); -end; - -procedure SDL_Stretch8( Surface, Dst_Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, y2, yr, yw, - depth : integer ); -var - dx, dy, e, d, dx2 : integer; - src_pitch, dst_pitch : uint16; - src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8; -begin - if ( yw >= dst_surface^.h ) then - exit; - dx := ( x2 - x1 ); - dy := ( y2 - y1 ); - dy := dy shl 1; - e := dy - dx; - dx2 := dx shl 1; - src_pitch := Surface^.pitch; - dst_pitch := dst_surface^.pitch; - src_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + yr * src_pitch + y1 * depth ); - dst_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( dst_surface^.pixels ) + yw * dst_pitch + x1 * - depth ); - for d := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth ); - while ( e >= 0 ) do - begin - inc( src_pixels, depth ); - e := e - dx2; - end; - inc( dst_pixels, depth ); - e := e + dy; - end; -end; - -function sign( x : integer ) : integer; -begin - if x > 0 then - result := 1 - else - result := -1; -end; - -// Stretches a part of a surface - -function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH, - Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface; -var - dst_surface : PSDL_Surface; - dx, dy, e, d, dx2, srcx2, srcy2 : integer; - destx1, desty1 : integer; -begin - srcx2 := srcx1 + SrcW; - srcy2 := srcy1 + SrcH; - result := nil; - destx1 := 0; - desty1 := 0; - dx := abs( integer( Height - desty1 ) ); - dy := abs( integer( SrcY2 - SrcY1 ) ); - e := ( dy shl 1 ) - dx; - dx2 := dx shl 1; - dy := dy shl 1; - dst_surface := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWPALETTE, width - destx1, Height - - desty1, - SrcSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, - SrcSurface^.Format^.RMask, - SrcSurface^.Format^.GMask, - SrcSurface^.Format^.BMask, - SrcSurface^.Format^.AMask ); - if ( dst_surface^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then - SDL_SetColors( dst_surface, @SrcSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 ); - SDL_SetColorKey( dst_surface, sdl_srccolorkey, SrcSurface^.format^.colorkey ); - if ( SDL_MustLock( dst_surface ) ) then - if ( SDL_LockSurface( dst_surface ) < 0 ) then - exit; - for d := 0 to dx - 1 do - begin - SDL_Stretch8( SrcSurface, dst_surface, destx1, Width, SrcX1, SrcX2, SrcY1, desty1, - SrcSurface^.format^.BytesPerPixel ); - while e >= 0 do - begin - inc( SrcY1 ); - e := e - dx2; - end; - inc( desty1 ); - e := e + dy; - end; - if SDL_MUSTLOCK( dst_surface ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( dst_surface ); - result := dst_surface; -end; - -procedure SDL_MoveLine( Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, xofs, depth : integer ); -var - src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8; - i : integer; -begin - src_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + x2 * - depth ); - dst_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + ( x2 - + xofs ) * depth ); - for i := x2 downto x1 do - begin - move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth ); - dec( src_pixels ); - dec( dst_pixels ); - end; -end; -{ Return the pixel value at (x, y) -NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! } - -function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32; -var - bpp : UInt32; - p : PInteger; -begin - bpp := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - // Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve - p := Pointer( PtrUInt( SrcSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * SrcSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) * - bpp ); - case bpp of - 1 : result := PUint8( p )^; - 2 : result := PUint16( p )^; - 3 : - if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then - result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] shl 16 or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or - PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] - else - result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or - PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] shl 16; - 4 : result := PUint32( p )^; - else - result := 0; // shouldn't happen, but avoids warnings - end; -end; -{ Set the pixel at (x, y) to the given value - NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! } - -procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel : - Uint32 ); -var - bpp : UInt32; - p : PInteger; -begin - bpp := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - p := Pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * DstSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) - * bpp ); - case bpp of - 1 : PUint8( p )^ := pixel; - 2 : PUint16( p )^ := pixel; - 3 : - if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then - begin - PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF; - PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF; - PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := pixel and $FF; - end - else - begin - PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := pixel and $FF; - PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF; - PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF; - end; - 4 : - PUint32( p )^ := pixel; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer ); -var - r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect; - //buffer: PSDL_Surface; - YPos : Integer; -begin - if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifY <> 0 ) then - begin - //if DifY > 0 then // going up - //begin - ypos := 0; - r1.x := 0; - r2.x := 0; - r1.w := DstSurface.w; - r2.w := DstSurface.w; - r1.h := DifY; - r2.h := DifY; - while ypos < DstSurface.h do - begin - r1.y := ypos; - r2.y := ypos + DifY; - SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r2, DstSurface, @r1 ); - ypos := ypos + DifY; - end; - //end - //else - //begin // Going Down - //end; - end; -end; - -{procedure SDL_ScrollY(Surface: PSDL_Surface; DifY: integer); -var - r1, r2: TSDL_Rect; - buffer: PSDL_Surface; -begin - if (Surface <> nil) and (Dify <> 0) then - begin - buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(SDL_HWSURFACE, (Surface^.w - DifY) * 2, - Surface^.h * 2, - Surface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, 0, 0, 0, 0); - if buffer <> nil then - begin - if (buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1) then - SDL_SetColors(buffer, @Surface^.format^.palette^.colors^[0], 0, 256); - r1 := SDLRect(0, DifY, buffer^.w, buffer^.h); - r2 := SDLRect(0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h); - SDL_BlitSurface(Surface, @r1, buffer, @r2); - SDL_BlitSurface(buffer, @r2, Surface, @r2); - SDL_FreeSurface(buffer); - end; - end; -end;} - -procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer ); -var - r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect; - buffer : PSDL_Surface; -begin - if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifX <> 0 ) then - begin - buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWSURFACE, ( DstSurface^.w - DifX ) * 2, - DstSurface^.h * 2, - DstSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, - DstSurface^.Format^.RMask, - DstSurface^.Format^.GMask, - DstSurface^.Format^.BMask, - DstSurface^.Format^.AMask ); - if buffer <> nil then - begin - if ( buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then - SDL_SetColors( buffer, @DstSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 ); - r1 := SDLRect( DifX, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h ); - r2 := SDLRect( 0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h ); - SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r1, buffer, @r2 ); - SDL_BlitSurface( buffer, @r2, DstSurface, @r2 ); - SDL_FreeSurface( buffer ); - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single ); -var - aSin, aCos : Single; - MX, MY, DX, DY, NX, NY, SX, SY, OX, OY, Width, Height, TX, TY, RX, RY, ROX, ROY : Integer; - Colour, TempTransparentColour : UInt32; - MAXX, MAXY : Integer; -begin - // Rotate the surface to the target surface. - TempTransparentColour := SrcSurface.format.colorkey; - {if srcRect.w > srcRect.h then - begin - Width := srcRect.w; - Height := srcRect.w; - end - else - begin - Width := srcRect.h; - Height := srcRect.h; - end; } - - maxx := DstSurface.w; - maxy := DstSurface.h; - aCos := cos( Angle ); - aSin := sin( Angle ); - - Width := round( abs( srcrect.h * acos ) + abs( srcrect.w * asin ) ); - Height := round( abs( srcrect.h * asin ) + abs( srcrect.w * acos ) ); - - OX := Width div 2; - OY := Height div 2; ; - MX := ( srcRect.x + ( srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) ) div 2; - MY := ( srcRect.y + ( srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) ) div 2; - ROX := ( -( srcRect.w div 2 ) ) + Offsetx; - ROY := ( -( srcRect.h div 2 ) ) + OffsetY; - Tx := ox + round( ROX * aSin - ROY * aCos ); - Ty := oy + round( ROY * aSin + ROX * aCos ); - SX := 0; - for DX := DestX - TX to DestX - TX + ( width ) do - begin - Inc( SX ); - SY := 0; - for DY := DestY - TY to DestY - TY + ( Height ) do - begin - RX := SX - OX; - RY := SY - OY; - NX := round( mx + RX * aSin + RY * aCos ); // - NY := round( my + RY * aSin - RX * aCos ); // - // Used for testing only - //SDL_PutPixel(DestSurface.SDLSurfacePointer,DX,DY,0); - if ( ( DX > 0 ) and ( DX < MAXX ) ) and ( ( DY > 0 ) and ( DY < MAXY ) ) then - begin - if ( NX >= srcRect.x ) and ( NX <= srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) then - begin - if ( NY >= srcRect.y ) and ( NY <= srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) then - begin - Colour := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, NX, NY ); - if Colour <> TempTransparentColour then - begin - SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, DX, DY, Colour ); - end; - end; - end; - end; - inc( SY ); - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : - PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer ); -begin - SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface, SrcRect, DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY, DegToRad( Angle ) ); -end; - -function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect; -var - RealRect : TSDL_Rect; - OutOfRange : Boolean; -begin - OutOfRange := false; - if dstrect = nil then - begin - RealRect.x := 0; - RealRect.y := 0; - RealRect.w := DstSurface.w; - RealRect.h := DstSurface.h; - end - else - begin - if dstrect.x < DstSurface.w then - begin - RealRect.x := dstrect.x; - end - else if dstrect.x < 0 then - begin - realrect.x := 0; - end - else - begin - OutOfRange := True; - end; - if dstrect.y < DstSurface.h then - begin - RealRect.y := dstrect.y; - end - else if dstrect.y < 0 then - begin - realrect.y := 0; - end - else - begin - OutOfRange := True; - end; - if OutOfRange = False then - begin - if realrect.x + dstrect.w <= DstSurface.w then - begin - RealRect.w := dstrect.w; - end - else - begin - RealRect.w := dstrect.w - realrect.x; - end; - if realrect.y + dstrect.h <= DstSurface.h then - begin - RealRect.h := dstrect.h; - end - else - begin - RealRect.h := dstrect.h - realrect.y; - end; - end; - end; - if OutOfRange = False then - begin - result := realrect; - end - else - begin - realrect.w := 0; - realrect.h := 0; - realrect.x := 0; - realrect.y := 0; - result := realrect; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); -var - RealRect : TSDL_Rect; - Addr : pointer; - ModX, BPP : cardinal; - x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal; -begin - RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect ); - if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then - begin - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - Addr := pointer( PtrUInt( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP ); - ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP; - end; - case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0; - G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C; - B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 15 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00; - G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0; - B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := $7C00; - if G > $03E0 then - G := $03E0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 16 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800; - G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0; - B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := $F800; - if G > $07C0 then - G := $07C0; - if B > $001F then - B := $001F; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 24 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 32 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := $FF0000; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := $00FF00; - if B > $0000FF then - B := $0000FF; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 ); -var - RealRect : TSDL_Rect; - Addr : pointer; - ModX, BPP : cardinal; - x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal; -begin - RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect ); - if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then - begin - SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface ); - BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel; - with DstSurface^ do - begin - Addr := pointer( PtrUInt( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP ); - ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP; - end; - case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0; - G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C; - B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03; - if R > $E0 then - R := 0; - if G > $1C then - G := 0; - if B > $03 then - B := 0; - PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 15 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00; - G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0; - B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F; - if R > $7C00 then - R := 0; - if G > $03E0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 16 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800; - G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0; - B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F; - if R > $F800 then - R := 0; - if G > $07C0 then - G := 0; - if B > $001F then - B := 0; - PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 24 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - 32 : - begin - for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do - begin - for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do - begin - SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^; - R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000; - G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00; - B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF; - if R > $FF0000 then - R := 0; - if G > $00FF00 then - G := 0; - if B > $0000FF then - B := 0; - PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX ); - end; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface ); - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle ); -var - FBC : array[ 0..255 ] of Cardinal; - // temp vars - i, YR, YG, YB, SR, SG, SB, DR, DG, DB : Integer; - - TempStepV, TempStepH : Single; - TempLeft, TempTop, TempHeight, TempWidth : integer; - TempRect : TSDL_Rect; - -begin - // calc FBC - YR := StartColor.r; - YG := StartColor.g; - YB := StartColor.b; - SR := YR; - SG := YG; - SB := YB; - DR := EndColor.r - SR; - DG := EndColor.g - SG; - DB := EndColor.b - SB; - - for i := 0 to 255 do - begin - FBC[ i ] := SDL_MapRGB( DstSurface.format, YR, YG, YB ); - YR := SR + round( DR / 255 * i ); - YG := SG + round( DG / 255 * i ); - YB := SB + round( DB / 255 * i ); - end; - - // if aStyle = 1 then begin - TempStepH := Rect.w / 255; - TempStepV := Rect.h / 255; - TempHeight := Trunc( TempStepV + 1 ); - TempWidth := Trunc( TempStepH + 1 ); - TempTop := 0; - TempLeft := 0; - TempRect.x := Rect.x; - TempRect.y := Rect.y; - TempRect.h := Rect.h; - TempRect.w := Rect.w; - - case Style of - gsHorizontal : - begin - TempRect.h := TempHeight; - for i := 0 to 255 do - begin - TempRect.y := Rect.y + TempTop; - SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] ); - TempTop := Trunc( TempStepV * i ); - end; - end; - gsVertical : - begin - TempRect.w := TempWidth; - for i := 0 to 255 do - begin - TempRect.x := Rect.x + TempLeft; - SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] ); - TempLeft := Trunc( TempStepH * i ); - end; - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); -var - ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt; - SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32; -begin - if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then - exit; - if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then - exit; - if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then - exit; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Dest ); - - ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels ); - WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels ); - - SrcPitch := Src.pitch; - DestPitch := Dest.pitch; - - case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of - 1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr ); - inc( WriteAddr, 2 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr, 2 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 4 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - inc( ReadAddr, 3 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 6 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr, 4 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 8 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - end; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest ); -end; - -procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); -var - ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt; - SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32; -begin - if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then - exit; - if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then - exit; - if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then - exit; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Dest ); - - ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels ); - WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels ); - - SrcPitch := Src.pitch; - DestPitch := Dest.pitch; - - case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of - 1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr ); - inc( WriteAddr, 2 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr, 2 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 4 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - inc( ReadAddr, 3 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 6 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - inc( ReadAddr, 4 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 8 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - end; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest ); -end; - -procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface ); -var - ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt; - SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, Color : UInt32; -begin - if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then - exit; - if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then - exit; - if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then - exit; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_LockSurface( Dest ); - - ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels ); - WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels ); - - SrcPitch := Src.pitch; - DestPitch := Dest.pitch; - - case Src.format.BitsPerPixel of - 8 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - Color := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := Color; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := Color; - Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $6D; {%01101101} - PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color; - PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := Color; - inc( ReadAddr ); - inc( WriteAddr, 2 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 15 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color; - Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $3DEF; {%0011110111101111} - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color; - inc( ReadAddr, 2 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 4 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 16 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color; - Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7BEF; {%0111101111101111} - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color; - PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color; - inc( ReadAddr, 2 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 4 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 24 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - Color := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF ); - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := Color; - Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $007F7F7F; {%011111110111111101111111} - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := Color; - inc( ReadAddr, 3 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 6 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - 32 : for y := 1 to Src.h do - begin - ReadAddr := ReadRow; - WriteAddr := WriteRow; - for x := 1 to Src.w do - begin - Color := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^; - PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := Color; - Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7F7F7F7F; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color; - PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := Color; - inc( ReadAddr, 4 ); - inc( WriteAddr, 8 ); - end; - inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch ); - inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 ); - end; - end; - - if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Src ); - if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then - SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest ); -end; - -function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : - PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : - boolean; -var - Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect; - right1, bottom1 : integer; - right2, bottom2 : integer; - Scan1Start, {Scan2Start,} ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal; - Mod1 : cardinal; - Addr1 : PtrUInt; - BPP : cardinal; - Pitch1 : cardinal; - TransparentColor1 : cardinal; - tx, ty : cardinal; -// StartTick : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable - Color1 : cardinal; -begin - Result := false; - if SrcRect1 = nil then - begin - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface1.w; - h := SrcSurface1.h; - end; - end - else - Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^; - - Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^; - with Src_Rect1 do - begin - Right1 := Left1 + w; - Bottom1 := Top1 + h; - end; - with Src_Rect2 do - begin - Right2 := Left2 + w; - Bottom2 := Top2 + h; - end; - if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <= Top2 ) then - exit; - if Left1 <= Left2 then - begin - // 1. left, 2. right - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1; - //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x; - ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2; - with Src_Rect2 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end - else - begin - // 1. right, 2. left - Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x; - //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2; - ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1; - with Src_Rect1 do - if ScanWidth > w then - ScanWidth := w; - end; - with SrcSurface1^ do - begin - Pitch1 := Pitch; - Addr1 := PtrUInt( Pixels ); - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) ); - with format^ do - begin - BPP := BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor1 := colorkey; - end; - end; - - Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP ); - - inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start ); - - if Top1 <= Top2 then - begin - // 1. up, 2. down - ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h; - inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) ); - end - else - begin - // 1. down, 2. up - ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1; - if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then - ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h; - - end; - case BPP of - 1 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - 2 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 2 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - 3 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF; - - if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) - then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 3 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - 4 : - for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do - begin - for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do - begin - if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - inc( Addr1, 4 ); - - end; - inc( Addr1, Mod1 ); - - end; - end; -end; - -procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var -{*R, *}{*G, *}{*B, *}Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (R) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (G) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (B) - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1; - - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1; - - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - -procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var -{*R, *}{*G, *}{*B, *}Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (R) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (G) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (B) - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1; - - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1; - - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 and Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - - - -procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - if Pixel2 and $E0 > Pixel1 and $E0 then - R := Pixel2 and $E0 - else - R := Pixel1 and $E0; - if Pixel2 and $1C > Pixel1 and $1C then - G := Pixel2 and $1C - else - G := Pixel1 and $1C; - if Pixel2 and $03 > Pixel1 and $03 then - B := Pixel2 and $03 - else - B := Pixel1 and $03; - - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $7C00 > Pixel1 and $7C00 then - R := Pixel2 and $7C00 - else - R := Pixel1 and $7C00; - if Pixel2 and $03E0 > Pixel1 and $03E0 then - G := Pixel2 and $03E0 - else - G := Pixel1 and $03E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then - B := Pixel2 and $001F - else - B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $F800 > Pixel1 and $F800 then - R := Pixel2 and $F800 - else - R := Pixel1 and $F800; - if Pixel2 and $07E0 > Pixel1 and $07E0 then - G := Pixel2 and $07E0 - else - G := Pixel1 and $07E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then - B := Pixel2 and $001F - else - B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - else - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - else - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - else - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B ); - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - else - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - else - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - else - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - - -procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; - DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect ); -var - R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; - Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect; - Diff : integer; - SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt; - WorkX, WorkY : word; - SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal; - Bits : cardinal; -begin - if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then - exit; // Remove this to make it faster - if SrcRect = nil then - begin - with Src do - begin - x := 0; - y := 0; - w := SrcSurface.w; - h := SrcSurface.h; - end; - end - else - Src := SrcRect^; - if DestRect = nil then - begin - Dest.x := 0; - Dest.y := 0; - end - else - Dest := DestRect^; - Dest.w := Src.w; - Dest.h := Src.h; - with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do - begin - // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect - if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then - begin - smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip - if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then - begin - smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.x < x then - begin - Diff := x - Dest.x; - Src.x := Src.x + Diff; - smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff; - Dest.x := x; - smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip - if Dest.y < y then - begin - Diff := y - Dest.y; - Src.y := Src.y + Diff; - smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff; - Dest.y := y; - smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff; - if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then - exit; - end; - end; - with SrcSurface^ do - begin - SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - TransparentColor := Format.colorkey; - end; - with DestSurface^ do - begin - DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) * - Format.BytesPerPixel; - DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel; - Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel; - end; - SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface ); - WorkY := Src.h; - case bits of - 8 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - if Pixel2 and $E0 < Pixel1 and $E0 then - R := Pixel2 and $E0 - else - R := Pixel1 and $E0; - if Pixel2 and $1C < Pixel1 and $1C then - G := Pixel2 and $1C - else - G := Pixel1 and $1C; - if Pixel2 and $03 < Pixel1 and $03 then - B := Pixel2 and $03 - else - B := Pixel1 and $03; - - if R > $E0 then - R := $E0; - if G > $1C then - G := $1C; - if B > $03 then - B := $03; - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr ); - inc( DestAddr ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 15 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $7C00 < Pixel1 and $7C00 then - R := Pixel2 and $7C00 - else - R := Pixel1 and $7C00; - if Pixel2 and $03E0 < Pixel1 and $03E0 then - G := Pixel2 and $03E0 - else - G := Pixel1 and $03E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then - B := Pixel2 and $001F - else - B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 16 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $F800 < Pixel1 and $F800 then - R := Pixel2 and $F800 - else - R := Pixel1 and $F800; - if Pixel2 and $07E0 < Pixel1 and $07E0 then - G := Pixel2 and $07E0 - else - G := Pixel1 and $07E0; - if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then - B := Pixel2 and $001F - else - B := Pixel1 and $001F; - - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 2 ); - inc( DestAddr, 2 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 24 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - else - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - else - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - else - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B ); - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 3 ); - inc( DestAddr, 3 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - 32 : - begin - repeat - WorkX := Src.w; - repeat - Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^; - if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then - begin - Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^; - if Pixel2 > 0 then - begin - - if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then - R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - else - R := Pixel1 and $FF0000; - if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then - G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - else - G := Pixel1 and $00FF00; - if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then - B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - else - B := Pixel1 and $0000FF; - - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B; - end - else - PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1; - end; - inc( SrcAddr, 4 ); - inc( DestAddr, 4 ); - dec( WorkX ); - until WorkX = 0; - inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod ); - inc( DestAddr, DestMod ); - dec( WorkY ); - until WorkY = 0; - end; - end; - SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface ); - SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface ); -end; - -// Will clip the x1,x2,y1,x2 params to the ClipRect provided - -function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean; -var - tflag, flag1, flag2 : word; - txy, xedge, yedge : Integer; - slope : single; - - function ClipCode( x, y : Integer ) : word; - begin - Result := 0; - if x < ClipRect.x then - Result := 1; - if x >= ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x then - Result := Result or 2; - if y < ClipRect.y then - Result := Result or 4; - if y >= ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y then - Result := Result or 8; - end; - -begin - flag1 := ClipCode( x1, y1 ); - flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 ); - result := true; - - while true do - begin - if ( flag1 or flag2 ) = 0 then - Exit; // all in - - if ( flag1 and flag2 ) <> 0 then - begin - result := false; - Exit; // all out - end; - - if flag2 = 0 then - begin - txy := x1; x1 := x2; x2 := txy; - txy := y1; y1 := y2; y2 := txy; - tflag := flag1; flag1 := flag2; flag2 := tflag; - end; - - if ( flag2 and 3 ) <> 0 then - begin - if ( flag2 and 1 ) <> 0 then - xedge := ClipRect.x - else - xedge := ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x - 1; // back 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop - - slope := ( y2 - y1 ) / ( x2 - x1 ); - y2 := y1 + Round( slope * ( xedge - x1 ) ); - x2 := xedge; - end - else - begin - if ( flag2 and 4 ) <> 0 then - yedge := ClipRect.y - else - yedge := ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y - 1; // up 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop - - slope := ( x2 - x1 ) / ( y2 - y1 ); - x2 := x1 + Round( slope * ( yedge - y1 ) ); - y2 := yedge; - end; - - flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 ); - end; -end; - -end. - diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlwindow.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlwindow.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 99eea304..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlwindow.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,566 +0,0 @@ -unit sdlwindow; -{ - $Id: sdlwindow.pas,v 1.9 2006/10/22 18:55:25 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ SDL Window Wrapper } -{ } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are } -{ Copyright (C) 2004 - 2100 Dominique Louis. } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ SDL Window Wrapper } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ SDL.dll on Windows platforms } -{ libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ January 31 2003 - DL : Initial creation } -{ } -{ - $Log: sdlwindow.pas,v $ - Revision 1.9 2006/10/22 18:55:25 savage - Slight Change to handle OpenGL context - - Revision 1.8 2005/08/03 18:57:32 savage - Various updates and additions. Mainly to handle OpenGL 3D Window support and better cursor support for the mouse class - - Revision 1.7 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage - Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working. - - Revision 1.6 2004/09/12 21:52:58 savage - Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes. - - Revision 1.5 2004/05/10 21:11:49 savage - changes required to help get SoAoS off the ground. - - Revision 1.4 2004/05/01 14:59:27 savage - Updated code - - Revision 1.3 2004/04/23 10:45:28 savage - Changes made by Dean Ellis to work more modularly. - - Revision 1.2 2004/03/31 10:06:41 savage - Changed so that it now compiles, but is untested. - - Revision 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage - Module 1.0 release - -} -{******************************************************************************} - -interface - -{$i jedi-sdl.inc} - -uses - Classes, - sdl, - sdlinput, - sdlticks; - -type - TSDLNotifyEvent = procedure {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - TSDLUpdateEvent = procedure( aElapsedTime : single ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - TSDLResizeEvent = procedure( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - TSDLUserEvent = procedure( aType : UInt8; aCode : integer; aData1 : Pointer; aData2 : Pointer ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - TSDLActiveEvent = procedure( aGain: UInt8; aState: UInt8 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF}; - - TSDLBaseWindow = class( TObject ) - private - FDisplaySurface : PSDL_Surface; - FVideoFlags : Uint32; - FOnDestroy: TSDLNotifyEvent; - FOnCreate: TSDLNotifyEvent; - FOnShow: TSDLNotifyEvent; - FOnResize: TSDLResizeEvent; - FOnUpdate: TSDLUpdateEvent; - FOnRender: TSDLNotifyEvent; - FOnClose: TSDLNotifyEvent; - FLoaded: Boolean; - FRendering: Boolean; - FHeight: integer; - FBitDepth: integer; - FWidth: integer; - FInputManager: TSDLInputManager; - FCaptionText : PChar; - FIconName : PChar; - FOnActive: TSDLActiveEvent; - FOnQuit: TSDLNotifyEvent; - FOnExpose: TSDLNotifyEvent; - FOnUser: TSDLUserEvent; - FTimer : TSDLTicks; - protected - procedure DoActive( aGain: UInt8; aState: UInt8 ); - procedure DoCreate; - procedure DoClose; - procedure DoDestroy; - procedure DoUpdate( aElapsedTime : single ); - procedure DoQuit; - procedure DoRender; - procedure DoResize( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 ); - procedure DoShow; - procedure DoUser( aType : UInt8; aCode : integer; aData1 : Pointer; aData2 : Pointer ); - procedure DoExpose; - procedure Render; virtual; - procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); virtual; - procedure InitialiseObjects; virtual; - procedure RestoreObjects; virtual; - procedure DeleteObjects; virtual; - function Flip : integer; virtual; - property OnActive : TSDLActiveEvent read FOnActive write FOnActive; - property OnClose: TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnClose write FOnClose; - property OnDestroy : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnDestroy write FOnDestroy; - property OnCreate : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnCreate write FOnCreate; - property OnUpdate: TSDLUpdateEvent read FOnUpdate write FOnUpdate; - property OnQuit : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnQuit write FOnQuit; - property OnResize : TSDLResizeEvent read FOnResize write FOnResize; - property OnRender: TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnRender write FOnRender; - property OnShow : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnShow write FOnShow; - property OnUser : TSDLUserEvent read FOnUser write FOnUser; - property OnExpose : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnExpose write FOnExpose; - property DisplaySurface: PSDL_Surface read FDisplaySurface; - public - property InputManager : TSDLInputManager read FInputManager; - property Loaded : Boolean read FLoaded; - property Width : integer read FWidth; - property Height : integer read FHeight; - property BitDepth : integer read FBitDepth; - property Rendering : Boolean read FRendering write FRendering; - procedure SetCaption( const aCaptionText : string; const aIconName : string ); - procedure GetCaption( var aCaptionText : string; var aIconName : string ); - procedure SetIcon( aIcon : PSDL_Surface; aMask: UInt8 ); - procedure ActivateVideoMode; - constructor Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 ); virtual; - destructor Destroy; override; - procedure InitialiseEnvironment; - function Show : Boolean; virtual; - end; - - TSDLCustomWindow = class( TSDLBaseWindow ) - public - property OnCreate; - property OnDestroy; - property OnClose; - property OnShow; - property OnResize; - property OnRender; - property OnUpdate; - property DisplaySurface; - end; - - TSDL2DWindow = class( TSDLCustomWindow ) - public - constructor Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 = SDL_DOUBLEBUF or SDL_SWSURFACE); override; - procedure Render; override; - procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); override; - procedure InitialiseObjects; override; - procedure RestoreObjects; override; - procedure DeleteObjects; override; - function Flip : integer; override; - end; - - TSDL3DWindow = class( TSDLCustomWindow ) - public - constructor Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 = SDL_OPENGL or SDL_DOUBLEBUF); override; - function Flip : integer; override; - procedure Render; override; - procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); override; - procedure InitialiseObjects; override; - procedure RestoreObjects; override; - procedure DeleteObjects; override; - end; - - - -implementation - -uses - logger, - SysUtils; - -{ TSDLBaseWindow } -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.ActivateVideoMode; -begin - FDisplaySurface := SDL_SetVideoMode( FWidth, FHeight, FBitDepth, FVideoFlags); - if (FDisplaySurface = nil) then - begin - Log.LogError( Format('Could not set video mode: %s', [SDL_GetError]), 'Main'); - exit; - end; - - SetCaption( 'Made with JEDI-SDL', 'JEDI-SDL Icon' ); -end; - -constructor TSDLBaseWindow.Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 ); -begin - inherited Create; - SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING); - FInputManager := TSDLInputManager.Create( [ itJoystick, itKeyBoard, itMouse ]); - FTimer := TSDLTicks.Create; - - FWidth := aWidth; - FHeight := aHeight; - FBitDepth := aBitDepth; - FVideoFlags := aVideoFlags; - - DoCreate; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DeleteObjects; -begin - FLoaded := False; -end; - -destructor TSDLBaseWindow.Destroy; -begin - DoDestroy; - if FLoaded then - DeleteObjects; - if FInputManager <> nil then - FreeAndNil( FInputManager ); - if FTimer <> nil then - FreeAndNil( FTimer ); - if FDisplaySurface <> nil then - SDL_FreeSurface( FDisplaySurface ); - inherited Destroy; - SDL_Quit; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoActive(aGain, aState: UInt8); -begin - if Assigned( FOnActive ) then - begin - FOnActive( aGain, aState ); - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoClose; -begin - if Assigned( FOnClose ) then - begin - FOnClose; - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoCreate; -begin - if Assigned( FOnCreate ) then - begin - FOnCreate; - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoDestroy; -begin - if Assigned( FOnDestroy ) then - begin - FOnDestroy; - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoExpose; -begin - if Assigned( FOnExpose ) then - begin - FOnExpose; - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoUpdate( aElapsedTime : single ); -begin - if Assigned( FOnUpdate ) then - begin - FOnUpdate( aElapsedTime ); - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoQuit; -begin - FRendering := false; - if Assigned( FOnQuit ) then - begin - FOnQuit; - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoRender; -begin - if Assigned( FOnRender ) then - begin - FOnRender; - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoResize( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 ); -begin - // resize to the new size - SDL_FreeSurface(FDisplaySurface); - FWidth := aWidth; - FHeight := aHeight; - FBitDepth := aBitDepth; - FVideoFlags := aVideoFlags; - FDisplaySurface := SDL_SetVideoMode(aWidth, aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags); - if Assigned( FOnResize ) then - begin - FOnResize( aWidth, aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags ); - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoShow; -begin - if Assigned( FOnShow ) then - begin - FOnShow; - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoUser(aType: UInt8; aCode: integer; aData1, aData2: Pointer); -begin - if Assigned( FOnUser ) then - begin - FOnUser( aType, aCode, aData1, aData2 ); - end; -end; - -function TSDLBaseWindow.Flip : integer; -begin - result := 0; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.GetCaption( var aCaptionText : string; var aIconName : string ); -begin - aCaptionText := string( FCaptionText ); - aIconName := string( FIconName ); -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.InitialiseEnvironment; -begin - InitialiseObjects; - RestoreObjects; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.InitialiseObjects; -begin - FLoaded := True; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.Update( aElapsedTime : single ); -begin - DoUpdate( aElapsedTime ); -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.Render; -begin - DoRender; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.RestoreObjects; -begin - FLoaded := false; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.SetCaption( const aCaptionText : string; const aIconName : string ); -begin - if FCaptionText <> aCaptionText then - begin - FCaptionText := PChar( aCaptionText ); - FIconName := PChar( aIconName ); - SDL_WM_SetCaption( FCaptionText, FIconName ); - end; -end; - -procedure TSDLBaseWindow.SetIcon(aIcon: PSDL_Surface; aMask: UInt8); -begin - SDL_WM_SetIcon( aIcon, aMask ); -end; - -function TSDLBaseWindow.Show : Boolean; -var - eBaseWindowEvent : TSDL_Event; -begin - DoShow; - - FTimer.Init; - - FRendering := true; - // repeat until we are told not to render - while FRendering do - begin - // wait for an event - while SDL_PollEvent( @eBaseWindowEvent ) > 0 do - begin - - // check for a quit event - case eBaseWindowEvent.type_ of - SDL_ACTIVEEVENT : - begin - DoActive( eBaseWindowEvent.active.gain, eBaseWindowEvent.active.state ); - end; - - SDL_QUITEV : - begin - DoQuit; - DoClose; - end; - - SDL_USEREVENT : - begin - DoUser( eBaseWindowEvent.user.type_, eBaseWindowEvent.user.code, eBaseWindowEvent.user.data1, eBaseWindowEvent.user.data2 ); - end; - - SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE : - begin - DoExpose; - end; - - SDL_VIDEORESIZE : - begin - DoResize( eBaseWindowEvent.resize.w, eBaseWindowEvent.resize.h, FDisplaySurface.format.BitsPerPixel, FVideoflags ); - end; - - - end; - InputManager.UpdateInputs( eBaseWindowEvent ); - end; - // Prepare the Next Frame - Update( FTimer.GetElapsedSeconds ); - // Display the Next Frame - Render; - // Flip the surfaces - Flip; - end; - - Result := FRendering; -end; - -{ TSDL2DWindow } - -constructor TSDL2DWindow.Create(aWidth, aHeight, aBitDepth: integer; aVideoFlags: Uint32); -begin - // make sure double buffer is always included in the video flags - inherited Create(aWidth,aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags or SDL_DOUBLEBUF); -end; - -procedure TSDL2DWindow.DeleteObjects; -begin - inherited; - -end; - -function TSDL2DWindow.Flip: integer; -begin - // let's show the back buffer - result := SDL_Flip( FDisplaySurface ); -end; - -procedure TSDL2DWindow.InitialiseObjects; -begin - inherited; - -end; - -procedure TSDL2DWindow.Update( aElapsedTime : single ); -begin - inherited; - -end; - -procedure TSDL2DWindow.Render; -begin - inherited; - -end; - -procedure TSDL2DWindow.RestoreObjects; -begin - inherited; - -end; - -{ TSDL3DWindow } - -constructor TSDL3DWindow.Create(aWidth, - aHeight, aBitDepth: integer; aVideoFlags: Uint32); -begin - // make sure opengl is always included in the video flags - inherited Create(aWidth,aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags or SDL_OPENGL or SDL_DOUBLEBUF); -end; - -procedure TSDL3DWindow.DeleteObjects; -begin - inherited; - -end; - -function TSDL3DWindow.Flip : integer; -begin - SDL_GL_SwapBuffers; - result := 0; -end; - -procedure TSDL3DWindow.InitialiseObjects; -begin - inherited; - -end; - -procedure TSDL3DWindow.Update( aElapsedTime : single ); -begin - inherited; - -end; - -procedure TSDL3DWindow.Render; -begin - inherited; - -end; - -procedure TSDL3DWindow.RestoreObjects; -begin - inherited; - -end; - -end. diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/userpreferences.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/userpreferences.pas deleted file mode 100644 index aed326d1..00000000 --- a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/userpreferences.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -unit userpreferences; -{ - $Id: userpreferences.pas,v 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage Exp $ - -} -{******************************************************************************} -{ } -{ JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer } -{ Base Class for User Preferences } -{ } -{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was : } -{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au> } -{ } -{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are } -{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis. } -{ } -{ } -{ Contributor(s) } -{ -------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ Obtained through: } -{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI ) } -{ } -{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project } -{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org } -{ } -{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to } -{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may } -{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may } -{ obtain a copy of the License at } -{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html } -{ } -{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an } -{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or } -{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing } -{ rights and limitations under the License. } -{ } -{ Description } -{ ----------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Requires } -{ -------- } -{ The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32 : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so } -{ They are available from... } -{ http://www.libsdl.org . } -{ } -{ Programming Notes } -{ ----------------- } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ } -{ Revision History } -{ ---------------- } -{ September 23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation } -{ - $Log: userpreferences.pas,v $ - Revision 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage - Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working. - - -} -{******************************************************************************} - -interface - -uses - Classes; - -type - TUserPreferences = class - private - FAutoSave: Boolean; - procedure CheckAutoSave; - protected - function GetDefaultBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; virtual; abstract; - function GetBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; virtual; abstract; - procedure SetBoolean( const Index : Integer; const Value : Boolean ); virtual; - function GetDefaultDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; virtual; abstract; - function GetDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; virtual; abstract; - procedure SetDateTime( const Index : Integer; const Value : TDateTime ); virtual; - function GetDefaultInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; virtual; abstract; - function GetInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; virtual; abstract; - procedure SetInteger( const Index : Integer; const Value : Integer ); virtual; - function GetDefaultFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; virtual; abstract; - function GetFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; virtual; abstract; - procedure SetFloat( const Index : Integer; const Value : single ); virtual; - function GetDefaultString( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract; - function GetString( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract; - procedure SetString( const Index : Integer; const Value : string ); virtual; - function GetDefaultBinaryStream( const Index : Integer ) : TStream; virtual; abstract; - function GetBinaryStream( const Index : Integer ) : TStream; virtual; abstract; - procedure SetBinaryStream( const Index : Integer; const Value : TStream ); virtual; - public - procedure Update; virtual; abstract; - constructor Create; virtual; - destructor Destroy; override; - property AutoSave : Boolean read FAutoSave write FAutoSave; - end; - -implementation - -{ TUserPreferences } -procedure TUserPreferences.CheckAutoSave; -begin - if FAutoSave then - Update; -end; - -constructor TUserPreferences.Create; -begin - inherited; - FAutoSave := false; -end; - -destructor TUserPreferences.Destroy; -begin - - inherited; -end; - -procedure TUserPreferences.SetBinaryStream( const Index : Integer; const Value : TStream ); -begin - CheckAutoSave; -end; - -procedure TUserPreferences.SetBoolean(const Index: Integer; const Value: Boolean); -begin - CheckAutoSave; -end; - -procedure TUserPreferences.SetDateTime(const Index: Integer; const Value: TDateTime); -begin - CheckAutoSave; -end; - -procedure TUserPreferences.SetFloat(const Index: Integer; const Value: single); -begin - CheckAutoSave; -end; - -procedure TUserPreferences.SetInteger(const Index, Value: Integer); -begin - CheckAutoSave; -end; - -procedure TUserPreferences.SetString(const Index: Integer; const Value: string); -begin - CheckAutoSave; -end; - -end. |